New Features in Release B11.pdf

Alcatel-Lucent GSM

New Features

in Release B11

BSS Document

Concept Guide

Release B11

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Status RELEASED

Short title Concept Guide

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, useand communication of its contents not permitted without writtenauthorization from Alcatel-Lucent.

BLANK PAGE BREAK

2 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Contents

Contents

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

1 B11 Features Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291.1 Document Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301.2 B11 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

2 AMR Signalling Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

2.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

2.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

2.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

3 Improved Packet Connection Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43



4 Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTM MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45




5 CS Paging Coordination in the BSS Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50



6 Migration and Software Replacement Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 3 / 382

Contents



7 BSS Software Management Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56



8 Lock Configuration Actions during SW Replacement Procedure in the OMC-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60



9 AS 800 MFS not Supported in B11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61




10 Removal of the Support of BTS with DRFU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6310.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6410.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6410.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6410.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6410.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6410.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64



11 A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67




12 Edit n Adjacencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

4 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Contents




13 Copy&Paste of Data in OMC-R Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7313.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7413.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7413.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7413.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7413.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7413.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74



14 Customization of BTS External Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75




15 Change Granularity for Customization of BTS External Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7715.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7815.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7815.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7815.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7815.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7815.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78



16 Clean Management of Reselection Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7916.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8016.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8016.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8016.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8016.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8016.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80



17 New GSL Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8117.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8217.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8217.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8217.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8217.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 5 / 382

Contents

17.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8617.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8617.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86


18 SEC Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8718.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8818.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8818.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8818.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8818.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8818.6 LMT / OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88



19 Load Indicators for OMC-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89




20 Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity for Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9120.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9220.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9220.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9220.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9220.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9220.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92



21 TRX Dynamic Power Saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95




22 Adjust of BTS Power Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9922.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10022.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10022.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10022.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10022.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10022.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

22.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10022.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

22.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Contents

23 Support of Windows Vista for PC LMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10123.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10223.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10223.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10223.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10223.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10223.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102



24 Support of TFO on NB-AMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10524.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10624.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10624.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10624.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10624.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10624.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107



25 A-Flex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10925.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11025.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11025.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11025.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11025.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11125.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112



26 A Signalling over IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

26.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11426.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11426.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11426.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11426.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11526.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116



27 New ALMAP FM Module Replacing AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11727.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11827.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11827.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11827.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11827.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11827.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118



28 Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

28.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12228.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12228.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 7 / 382

Contents

28.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12228.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12228.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123



29 New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12529.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12629.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12629.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12629.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12629.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12629.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126



30 OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12930.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13030.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13030.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13030.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13130.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13130.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131



31 New OMC-R Restore Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13331.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13431.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13431.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13431.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13431.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13431.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134



32 STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13532.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13632.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13632.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13632.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13732.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13732.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137



33 Full Gb over IP Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139



8 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Contents


34 Lock of Additional Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14134.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14234.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14234.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14234.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14234.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14234.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142



35 Broadcast Other Value than CI in SYSINFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145




36 Enhanced 2G to 3G FDD/TDD Cell Re-selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14936.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15036.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15036.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15036.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15036.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15036.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151



37 Investigation Based on Permanent Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15337.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15437.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15437.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15437.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15437.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15437.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154



38 Antenna Hopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15738.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15838.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15838.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15838.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15838.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15838.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158



39 Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16139.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16239.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 9 / 382

Contents

39.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16239.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16239.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16239.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162



40 Introduction of CF F8 LMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16540.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16640.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16640.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16640.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16640.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16640.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166



41 MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16741.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16841.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16841.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16841.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16841.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16841.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169



42 RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17142.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17242.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17242.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17242.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17242.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17242.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172



43 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMA Boards in 1 BTS Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175




44 Support of MC-TRX 900 Multistandard: Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same cabinet TDM . 17744.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17844.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17844.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17844.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17844.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17844.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

44.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

10 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Contents

44.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17944.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

45 Network Synchronization of Radio TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181




46 IP Transport in the BSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18546.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18646.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18646.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18646.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18646.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19646.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198



47 Remote BTS NEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20347.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20447.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20547.3 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20547.4 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20547.5 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20547.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205



48 Layer 2 Network Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207




49 Security Enhancements for IP Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21149.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21249.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21249.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21249.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21249.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21349.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213


50 Logging of BTS Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21550.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21650.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 11 / 382

Contents

50.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21650.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21650.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21650.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216



51 Ethernet Installation Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21751.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21851.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21851.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21951.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21951.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21951.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219



52 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22152.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22252.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22252.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22252.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22252.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22252.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222



53 Support of Sftp in the OMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22553.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22653.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22653.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22653.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22653.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22653.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226



54 IP Flow Separation at Physical Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227




55 AMR WB Cell Load Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23155.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23255.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23255.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23255.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23255.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23355.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

55.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

12 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Contents

55.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23355.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

56 Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235




57 2G to LTE (TDD) Cell Re-selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24157.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24257.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24257.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24257.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24457.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24457.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245



58 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24758.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24858.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24858.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24858.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24858.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24958.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249



59 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251




60 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25560.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25660.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25660.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25660.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25660.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25660.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257



61 MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

61.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 13 / 382

Contents

61.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26061.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26061.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26061.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26161.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261



62 MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same module . . . . . . . . . 263




63 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly Standby Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26763.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26863.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26863.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26863.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26863.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26863.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269



64 Gb flex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271




65 STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27565.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27665.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27665.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27665.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27765.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27765.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277



66 BTS Synchronization Through NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27966.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28066.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28066.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28066.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28066.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28166.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

14 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Contents



67 CS/PS Outage Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28367.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28467.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28467.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28467.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28467.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28467.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285



68 OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28768.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28868.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28868.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28968.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28968.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28968.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289



69 TP Init Auto Test Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291




70 Management of BSC patches (Step 1: BSC Term only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29370.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29470.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29470.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29470.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29470.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29470.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294



71 MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297




72 Improved Multi-GPU Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 15 / 382

Contents




73 Iur-g Interface with Enhanced Control Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30373.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30473.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30473.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30473.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30573.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30673.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306



74 Support of Lb interface by the BSC with SMLC in IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309




75 MC-TRX 1800Mhz TDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31375.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31475.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31475.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31475.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31475.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31475.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314



76 Customization of IconBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31776.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31876.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31876.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31876.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31876.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31876.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318



77 Best Effort Qos Handling Without PFC Negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31977.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32077.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32077.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32077.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32177.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

16 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Contents

77.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32177.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32177.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321


78 QoS Implementation to Cope with QQ Congestion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32378.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32478.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32478.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32478.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32478.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32478.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325



79 15 BSSUSM Windows per BSSUSM Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327




80 MC-RRH 1800 - 2G 2PA TDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32980.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33080.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33080.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33080.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33080.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33080.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330



81 MC-RRH 900Mhz 1PA TDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333




82 Stop Supporting Sun V880 as OMC-R Hardware in B11 MR3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33582.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33682.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33682.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33682.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33682.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33682.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336



3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 17 / 382

Contents

83 Management of BSC patches (Step 2: full) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33783.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33883.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33883.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33883.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33883.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33983.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339



84 Additional QoS basic alerters delivered by default (circuit part) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34184.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34284.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34284.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34284.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34284.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34284.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342



85 Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34385.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34485.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34485.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34485.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34485.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34485.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344



86 Reliable TRE/TRX Mapping in ACIE Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345




87 Alternative energy optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34787.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34887.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34887.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34887.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34887.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34887.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348



88 Change from FTP to SFTP (TDM - BSC/TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

88.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35288.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35288.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

18 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Contents

88.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35288.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35288.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352



89 Change from FTP to SFTP (IP - BSC/TC/BTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35589.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35689.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35689.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35689.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35689.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35689.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356



90 Support of Windows 7 for PC LMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35790.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35890.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35890.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35890.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35890.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35890.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358



91 Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36191.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36291.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36391.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36391.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36391.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36391.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363



92 Replacement of U27 Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36592.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36692.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36692.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36692.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36692.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36692.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366



93 4 CCCH Time Slots in a Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367



3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 19 / 382

Contents


94 RMS Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37194.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37294.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37294.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37294.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37294.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37394.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374



95 User Prioritized Action Based on SIM (SIM Card Access Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375




96 MC-RRH Repeater Mode / 1 Logical Cell for 3 MC-RRH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37996.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38096.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38096.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38096.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38096.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38196.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381



20 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Preface

Preface

Purpose This document describes the Alcatel-Lucent Release B11 GSM features.Note that some of the features may be unavailable on the system installed atyour location.

Document Pertinence This document applies to Release B11 of the BSS.

This document contains IP transport in the BSS related information. Thisfeature is available commercially from Release B12.

The following convention applies for a 9125 TC equipped with a TC STM1 -IP subrack:

TC STM1 interface board is also referred as TCIF

TC STM1 IP interface board is also referred as TCIFI.

What’s New In Edition 44Support of Lb interface by the BSC with SMLC in IP (Section 74) was updated.

In Edition 43The following sections were updated:

New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R (Section 29)

OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture (Section 30)

In Edition 42Feature Activation (Section 96.3) was updated in MC-RRH Repeater Mode / 1Logical Cell for 3 MC-RRH (Section 96).

In Edition 41The following MC-RRH Repeater Mode / 1 Logical Cell for 3 MC-RRH (Section96) was updated.

In Edition 40Improvements in MC-RRH 900Mhz 1PA TDM (Section 81).

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 21 / 382

Preface

In Edition 39Improvements in MC-RRH Repeater Mode / 1 Logical Cell for 3 MC-RRH(Section 96).

RMS Improvements (Section 94) was updated

Improvements in OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense (Section 68)

Remove Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA).

In Edition 38The User Prioritized Action Based on SIM (SIM Card Access Control) (Section95) was added.

The MC-RRH Repeater Mode / 1 Logical Cell for 3 MC-RRH (Section 96)was added.

RMS Improvemets for CMCC updated in: RMS Improvements (Section 94).

The 4 CCCH Time Slots in a Cell (Section 93)was updated.

The section QoS Implementation to Cope with QQ Congestion (Section 78)was added.


MC-RRH 900 MHz 1PA TDM Applicable Documents (Section 81.7)

MC-TRX 1800 MHz TDM Applicable Documents (Section 75.7)

Support of MC-TRX 900 Multistandard: Separate 2G and 3G carriers insame cabinet TDM Applicable Documents (Section 44.7)

MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM Applicable Documents (Section 61.7)

MC-RRH 1800 - 2G 2PA TDM Applicable Documents (Section 80.7)

RMS Improvements (Section 94) was added.

In Edition 364 CCCH Time Slots in a Cell (Section 93) was added.

In Edition 35Improvements in Alternative energy optimization (Section 87).


Replacement of U27 Workstation (Section 92)

MC-RRH 900Mhz 1PA TDM (Section 81).


Hardware Coverage (Section 64.2)

MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in

same module (Section 62).The following sections were added:

22 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Preface

Support of Windows 7 for PC LMT (Section 90)

Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis (Section 91).

In Edition 32Best Effort Qos Handling Without PFC Negotiation (Section 77) was added.


Document Pertinence

MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM (Section 41)

Feature Activation (Section 44.3)

Description (Section 44.1).

MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM (Section 61)

Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization (Section 85).

In Edition 30New sections were added due to introduction of SFTP.

Change from FTP to SFTP (TDM - BSC/TC) (Section 88)

Change from FTP to SFTP (IP - BSC/TC/BTS) (Section 89)

In Edition 29Update performed in Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA).

In Edition 28Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization (Section 85)was added.

Additional QoS basic alerters delivered by default (circuit part) (Section 84)was added.

Management of BSC patches (Step 2: full) (Section 83) was added.

2G to LTE (TDD) Cell Re-selection (Section 57) was added.

Description improvement in Security Enhancements for IP Introduction (Section49).

In Edition 27The section MC-RRH 1800 - 2G 2PA TDM (Section 80) was added.

The section MC-RRH 900Mhz 1PA TDM (Section 81) was added.

Description improvement in Feature Activation (Section 56.3).

The section Customization of IconBox (Section 76) was added.

The section 15 BSSUSM Windows per BSSUSM Controller (Section 79)was added.

The section Stop Supporting Sun V880 as OMC-R Hardware in B11 MR3(Section 82) was added.

In Edition 26

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 23 / 382

Preface

Updates performed in Improved Multi-GPU Performance (Section 72) .

Updates performed in Iur-g Interface with Enhanced Control Plane (Section 73).

In Edition 25Description introduction in MC-TRX 1800Mhz TDM (Section 75).

Description improvement due to MC-TRX 900MHz TDM (Power Supply VoltageSwitching) in Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA).

Support of Lb interface by the BSC with SMLC in IP (Section 74) was added.

Description improvement done in Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Statusfor MFS (Section 59).

In Edition 24Description improvement in Support of MC-TRX 900 Multistandard: Separate2G and 3G carriers in same cabinet TDM (Section 44).

The following MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM (Section 61) is improved due toMC RRH new information.

Improvement performed in Iur-g Interface with Enhanced Control Plane(Section 73).

In Edition 23Iur-g Interface with Enhanced Control Plane (Section 73) was added.

In Edition 22Descriptions improvement in following chapters:


Hardware Coverage (Section 39.2).

In Edition 21Description improvement inRemove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status forMFS (Section 59).

In Edition 20Description improvement in MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate2G and 3G carriers in same module (Section 62).

In Edition 19Description improvements in IP Flow Separation at Physical Level (Section 54).

In Edition 18Section Improved Multi-GPU Performance (Section 72) was added.

Description improvements in MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM (Section 61).

In Edition 17Description improvement in 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMABoards in 1 BTS Cabinet (Section 43) and Remove Mx Firmware fromHardware Status for MFS (Section 59).

MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing (Section 71) was added.

24 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Preface

In Edition 16Description improvement in RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSICPairs Limit (Section 42).

In Edition 15Description improvement in Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status forMFS (Section 59).

In Edition 14Description improvement performed in Interworking with LTE in the PacketDomain (Section 56)

In Edition 13The following Introduction of CF F8 LMT (Section 40) was updated due toIntroduction of CF F8 LMT introduction.

Description improvement in STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped withTC STM1-IP Subrack (Section 65).

In Edition 12Description improvement.

In Edition 11Improvements were done in:

AMR WB Cell Load Handling (Section 55)

B11 Features (Section 1.2)


IP Flow Separation at Physical Level (Section 54)

In Edition 10Improvement done in Support of TFO on NB-AMR (Section 24).

The following MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM (Section 41) was updated due to MCTRE module introduction.

In Edition 09New section Management of BSC patches (Step 1: BSC Term only) (Section70) was created.

Improvement done in 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO (Section 52).

Updates performed in Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain (Section 56).

In Edition 08The following section were added:

Gb flex (Section 64)

STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack(Section 65)

BTS Synchronization Through NTP (Section 66).

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 25 / 382

Preface

In Edition 07The Network Synchronization of Radio TS (Section 45) section was added.

Description improvement in Description (Section 60.1).

In Edition 06The section 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly StandbyReset. (Section 63) was added.

The Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages (Section 39) was added.

The Antenna Hopping (Section 38) was added.

In Edition 05Improvement done in Adjust of BTS Power Level (Section 22).

Description improvement performed in Parameters (Section 56.4)New features for B11 MR3:

Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC (Section 58),

Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS (Section 59)

In Edition 04Description improvements made in:

Counters and Indicators (Section 5.5)

Customization of BTS External Alarms (Section 14)

OMC HMI Updates (Section 19.6.2).

In Edition 03Improvements were done in the following sections:


Customization of BTS External Alarms (Section 14)

In Edition 02Improvements were done in the following section Counters and Indicators(Section 17.5)

This document contains information about the following new feature 3G SearchPrio wrong in PMO in 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO (Section 52).

In Edition 01First official release of the document.

26 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Preface

Audience This document is intended for personnel requiring a general overview ofthe Release B11 features, including:

Technical Project Managers

Support engineers

Operators

Client Help Desk personnel.

Assumed Knowledge You must have a basic understanding of the following:

Alcatel-Lucent operations and maintenance (O&M) concepts for GSM

Network Management concepts and terminology.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 27 / 382

Preface

28 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

1 B11 Features Overview


This section presents:

The document structure

An overview of the Release B11 features.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 29 / 382


1.1 Document StructureFor each feature, this document provides:

DescriptionA short overview of the feature.

Hardware CoverageA description of the supported hardware.

Feature ActivationLists the steps required to use the feature.

Parameters

Counters and Indicators

LMT/OMC HMI Updates

Lists the new or modified windows in the LMT or OMC-R:

LMT Updates

OMC-R HMI Updates.

Applicable DocumentsLists associated documents.

30 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


1.2 B11 FeaturesThe following table presents the Release B11 feature list and the associatedMaintenance Release.

B11 Feature List B11 MR Number

AMR Signalling Modifications (Section 2) MR1

Improved Packet Connection Configurations (Section 3) MR1

Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTM MS (Section 4) MR1

CS Paging Coordination in the BSS Support (Section 5) MR1

Migration and Software Replacement Modifications (Section 6) MR1

BSS Software Management Modifications (Section 7):

Single command for launching SW migration operations, per BSC

Single screen for managing all operations for SW replacement

(with multiple selections)

Automatic report at end of the migration.

MR1

Lock Configuration Actions during SW Replacement Procedure inthe OMC-R (Section 8)

MR1

AS 800 MFS not Supported in B11 (Section 9) MR1

Removal of the Support of BTS with DRFU (Section 10) MR1

A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm Support (Section 11) MR1

Edit n Adjacencies (Section 12) MR1

Copy&Paste of Data in OMC-R Forms (Section 13) MR1

Customization of BTS External Alarms (Section 14) MR1

Clean Management of Reselection Links (Section 16) MR1

New GSL Counters (Section 17) MR1

SEC Command Line Interface (Section 18) MR1

Load Indicators for OMC-R (Section 19) MR1

Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity for Optional Features(Section 20)

MR1

TRX Dynamic Power Saving (Section 21) MR1

Support of Windows Vista for PC LMT (Section 23) MR1

Support of TFO on NB-AMR (Section 24) MR1

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 31 / 382



A-Flex (Section 25) MR1

A Signalling over IP (Section 26) MR1

New ALMAP FM Module Replacing AS (Section 27) MR1

Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G) (Section 28) MR1

New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R (Section 29) MR1

OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture (Section 30) MR1

New OMC-R Restore Strategy (Section 31) MR1

STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution (Section 32) MR1

Full Gb over IP Option (Section 33) MR1

Lock of Additional Optional Features (Section 34) MR1

Broadcast Other Value than CI in SYSINFO (Section 35) MR1

Enhanced 2G to 3G FDD/TDD Cell Re-selection (Section 36) MR1

Investigation Based on Permanent Measurements (Section 37) MR1

Fast Traffic Handover on G1 TRX (*) MR1

SS7 clear request during establishment phase (*) MR1

New counters of discarded messages (NE request) (*) MR1

MFS Defence and Investigation Facilities (P0) MR1

Export of EML MFS aspects like equipment (GPU) (*) MR1

Export interface for User Logs (*) MR1

Parameter Dictionary: Description of operational impacts duringparameter modifications

MR1

Additional operational information in GCD feature descriptions (***) MR1

GCD Counter and Indicator Dictionary: Additional information foreach counter and indicator on the related feature

MR1

Documentation of all system, feature and procedure changes in thenew release (***)

MR1

Ethernet Installation Kit MR1

CMCC Q3 interface (*) MR1

Ilog 5.1 introduction due to 5.0 EOL (*) MR1

32 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



SUMx remote firmware upgrade (*) MR1

Support of Sftp in the OMC (Section 53) MR1

Adaptation of TD/SYT capacity tools for production (*) MR1

On-Demand loading (**) MR1

Support of TC redundancy (manual operation) MR1


Phase 1: AsigOIP Tel and O&M flow separated on 2 different ports.

MR1

Investigation based on permanent measurements MR1

Adjust of BTS Power Level (Section 22) MR1

Antenna Hopping (Section 38) MR1Ed2

Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages (Section 39) MR1Ed2

MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM (Section 41) MR1Ed2

RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit(Section 42)

MR1Ed2

2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMA Boards in 1 BTSCabinet (Section 43)

MR1Ed2

Support of MC-TRX 900 Multistandard: Separate 2G and 3G carriersin same cabinet TDM (Section 44)

MR1Ed3

Gb flex (Section 64) MR3

BTS Synchronization Through NTP (Section 66) B12

IP over Ethernet on Abis and Ater in IP Transport in the BSS (Section46)

B12

Remote BTS NEM (Section 47) B12

Layer 2 Network Access (Section 48) B12

Security Enhancements for IP Introduction (Section 49) B12

Logging of BTS Temperature (Section 50) MR3

Remote switching BTS Abis connection MR3

PM differentiation Packet User Traffic/Signalling, GPRS/EDGE MR3

3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO (Section 52) MR3/MR1Ed2

AMR WB Cell Load Handling (Section 55) MR3

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 33 / 382



Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain (Section 56) MR1Ed2/MR3

2G to LTE (TDD) Cell Re-selection (Section 57) MR3Ed1.3

Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC (Section 58) MR1Ed2/MR3

Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS (Section 59) MR1Ed2/MR3

Change Granularity for Customization of BTS External Alarms(Section 15)

MR3

Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol (Section 60) B12

MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM (Section 61) MR3Ed1.1

MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriersin same module (Section 62)

MR3Ed1.3

Management of BSC patches (Step 1: BSC Term only) (Section 70) MR1Ed2

9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly StandbyReset. (Section 63)

MR1Ed2

STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack(Section 65)

MR1Ed2

CS/PS Outage Detection (Section 67) MR1Ed2

OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense (Section 68) MR1Ed2

TP Init Auto Test Improvements (Section 69) MR1Ed2/MR3

Introduction of CF F8 LMT (Section 40) MR1Ed2

MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing (Section 71) MR1Ed2.1

Iur-g Interface with Enhanced Control Plane (Section 73) MR1Ed2.2

MC-TRX 1800Mhz TDM (Section 75) MR3Ed1.1

Best Effort Qos Handling Without PFC Negotiation (Section 77) MR3Ed1.1Qd1

Customization of IconBox (Section 76) MR3Ed1.3

15 BSSUSM Windows per BSSUSM Controller (Section 79) MR3Ed1.3

MC-RRH 1800 - 2G 2PA TDM (Section 80) MR3Ed1.3

MC-RRH 900Mhz 1PA TDM (Section 81) MR3Ed1.1

Stop Supporting Sun V880 as OMC-R Hardware in B11 MR3(Section 82)

MR3Ed1.3

Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization (Section85)

B12

34 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



Reliable TRE/TRX Mapping in ACIE Export (Section 86) MR3Ed1.3

Alternative energy optimization (Section 87) MR3Ed1.3

Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis (Section 91) B12

Replacement of U27 Workstation (Section 92) MR1Ed2.2

4 CCCH Time Slots in a Cell (Section 93) MR3Ed1.3

RMS Improvements (Section 94) MR3Ed1.3

QoS Implementation to Cope with QQ Congestion (Section 78) MR3Ed1.3

User Prioritized Action Based on SIM (SIM Card Access Control)(Section 95)

MR3Ed1.3

MC-RRH Repeater Mode / 1 Logical Cell for 3 MC-RRH (Section 96) MR3Ed1.3

Change from FTP to SFTP (IP - BSC/TC/BTS) (Section 89) B12

(*) : This feature does not impact Customer Documentation.

(**) : The feature description can be found in MUSE Customer Documentation.

(***) : This feature’s purpose is the creation of this document.

Table 1: Release B11 Feature List

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 35 / 382


36 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

2 AMR Signalling Modifications


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 37 / 382


2.1 DescriptionWhen an AMR (NB or WB) speech codec is used in the TCH, to reduce theACCH signalling error rate in poor radio conditions, “Repeated DownlinkFACCH” and “Repeated SACCH” functionalities are used (FACCH and SACCHare sent twice).

2.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported only by the 9130 BSC Evolution.

2.3 Feature ActivationFor specific information about the feature activation, refer to the NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations, to AMR Signalling Modifications.

2.4 ParametersThis section contains the new and modified parameters involved in featuredeployment.

Name New

EN_REP_DL_FACCH New

REP_DL_FACCH_LEGACY_SUPPORT New

REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_FR New

REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_HR New

REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_WB New

EN_REP_SACCH New

RADIOLINK_REP_DL_SACCH New

L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH New

L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH New

REP_DL_SACCH_THRES New

REP_DL_SACCH_WS New

REP_UL_SACCH_THRES New

REP_UL_SACCH_WS New

38 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


2.5 Counters and IndicatorsThis section contains the new counters involved in feature deployment.

Counter ID Counter Name

MC990 NB_MS_REPEATED_ACCH_CAPABLE

MC991 NB_CALLS_RFACCH_ACTIVATED

MC992 NB_CALLS_RSACCH_ACTIVATED

MC993 NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX

MC994 NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX_RSACCH

MC995 NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX

MC996 NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX_RFACCH

2.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

2.6.1 LMT Updates

There are no LMT modifications.

2.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to “REPEATED ACCH” Window.

2.7 Applicable DocumentsThe following documents are impacted by the feature:

9153 OMC-R Online Help

9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions

Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 39 / 382


40 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

3 Improved Packet Connection Configurations


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 41 / 382


3.1 DescriptionThis feature improves the current MFS bias mechanism in terms of pingperformance and EDA configurations usage.

3.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is not NE dependent.

3.3 Feature ActivationFor specific information about the feature activation, refer to NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations, to Improved Packet ConnectionConfigurations.


Name New

EN_FULL_FAST _USF_UL_EXTENDED Flag to enable / disable the full fast scheduling mode foruplink TBFs in EUTM.

Values can be:

0-disable

1-enable

FULL_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED Duration of the full fast USF scheduling phase for an ULTBF in EUTM, during which the UL TBF in EUTM may bescheduled on all its PDCHs (instead of on only one). It isexpressed in number of successive block periods (20 ms).

EN_EXTENDED _UL_TBF Flag to disable/enable the extended TBF mode feature onthe uplink.

Values can be:

0 if EUTM mode is not used

1 if EUTM mode is used

2 if I-EUTM is used (improved EUTM mode).

IEUTM_MAX _IDLE_PERIOD Maximum duration of UL TBF inactivity before MS is polledin EUTM mode when EN_EXTENDED _UL_TBF is set ot 2(IEUTM enabled).

BIAS_LIMIT Transfer ratio above which the bias of the transfer is deemedas uplink (otherwise downlink).

42 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT Maximum number of consecutive polling requests that canbe sent to a MS in EUTM state (when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set on 2 (IEUTM enabled)) without receiving apolling response in a PCA.

T_MAX _EXTENDED_UL Maximum duration of the extended uplink TBF phase.

3.5 Counters and IndicatorsThere are no counter and indicator modifications.


3.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to:

RNUSM: Edit BSS Telecom Parameters - Radio Res. Mngt. View

RNUSM: Edit Cell Window - Radio Res. Ctrl View.





3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 43 / 382


44 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

4 Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTM MS

4 Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTMMS

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 45 / 382


4.1 DescriptionWhen a transition DTM to Dedicated mode occurs (DL/UL TBF release), aHandover cause 30 can be triggered to move the corresponding RTS (whichhandles CS) from the “PS traffic zone” to the “CS traffic zone”. This way freesthe Radio Resources for further PS transactions.

The aim of the feature is to delay the handover execution to avoid ping-pongbetween the CS and PS zone, if the mobile enters DTM again before thedelay has expired.

4.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is not supported on 9120 BSC, but only by 9130 BSC.

4.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is not optional.

For specific information about the feature activation, refer to NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations, to Avoid Ping Pong between CS andPS Zone.


Name New

N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30 New

4.5 Counters and Indicators


MC482 NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ABORTED


4.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to "GENERAL HO CONTROL" Window.

46 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44






3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 47 / 382


48 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

5 CS Paging Coordination in the BSS Support


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 49 / 382


5.1 DescriptionWithout paging coordination, CS Paging messages are always broadcastthrough the CCCH/PCH channel, even if the MS is in PTM mode. The supportof paging coordination improves CS paging performances. It allows tobroadcast CS Paging messages through the PDCH/PACCH. It is mandatory tofully support the DTM feature.


5.3 Feature ActivationFor specific information about the feature activation, refer to NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations, to Support of Paging Coordination inthe BSS.


Name New

EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC) New

EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS) New



P390a NB_BSS_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU

P390b NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PACCH


5.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to "GPRS GENERAL" Window.

50 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44






3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 51 / 382


52 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

6 Migration and Software Replacement Modifications


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 53 / 382


6.1 DescriptionThe features deal with the following topics:

Performing, during MFS migration operation, the first steps of the BSC

migration method, including downloads. The overall migration is betterscheduled.

Launching PM jobs after launching the activation of the new BSS software

and before the audits. The resolution concerns the OMC-R internal software.

Downloading software in all 9130 BSCs Evolutions found in one OMC-R in

parallel, whatever the OMC-R size.

No longer stopping the running PMC on the BSCs during migration orsoftware change.

6.2 Hardware CoverageThe features are partially dependent on the 9130 BSC Evolution.

6.3 Feature ActivationThe features are not optional.

6.4 ParametersThere are no parameter modifications.



6.6.1 LMT Updates



There are no OMC HMI modifications.


B10/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration

B11/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Replacement.

54 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

7 BSS Software Management Modifications


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 55 / 382


7.1 DescriptionThis feature brings the following modifications:

A single command for launching a series of previously selected actions

required for the BSS software change

A single screen for managing all operations for the software replacement

(with multiple selections) that allows a better view of all the software

changes in progress

An automatic report at end of the migration that offers a quick and easy

view of the BSS state after the software change in comparison with its initialstate (before the software change).

7.2 Hardware CoverageThe features are supported for both 9120 BSC and 9130 BSC Evolution.

7.3 Feature ActivationThe features are not optional.




7.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functionaland Graphical Evolutions, to BSSUSM : Software Management.

56 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44







BSS Configuration Handbook

Operations & Maintenance Principles.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 57 / 382


58 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

8 Lock Configuration Actions during SW Replacement Procedure in the OMC-R

8 Lock Configuration Actions during SW ReplacementProcedure in the OMC-R

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 59 / 382

8 Lock Configuration Actions during SW Replacement Procedure in the OMC-R

8.1 DescriptionThe feature consists of locking any configuration actions, either from SC or fromPRC during the software replacement procedure. This lock begins from themoment when the software package is generated until the end of the auditfollowing the software activation. The lock applies for all BSCs managed by theOMC-R, whether they are involved in the software replacement operation or not.

8.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported regardless of the station on which the OMC-R isinstalled.





8.6.1 LMT Updates







60 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

9 AS 800 MFS not Supported in B11


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 61 / 382


9.1 DescriptionStarting with B11, the AS800 MFS is no longer supported. All documents thatrefer to this type of MFS must be updated.

9.2 Hardware CoverageNot applicable.

9.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is mandatory in Release B11, therefore there is no activationscenario.

9.4 ParametersThere are no new or modified parameters.



9.6.1 LMT Updates





9135 MFS Maintenance Handbook

9135 MFS Software Installation

Network Reconfiguration Recommendations

9135 MFS Description

BSS Configuration Rules

9130 MFS Evolution Commissioning Manual.

62 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

10 Removal of the Support of BTS with DRFU


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 63 / 382


10.1 DescriptionStarting with B11, the G1 and G2 BTSs are no longer supported. All documentsthat refer to these types of BTS must be updated.

10.2 Hardware CoverageNot applicable.

10.3 Feature ActivationThere is no activation scenario for this feature.




10.6.1 LMT Updates




10.7 Applicable DocumentsThe following GCD documents are impacted by the feature:

BSS Preventive Maintenance Handbook


Engineering Rules for LMT


Operations & Maintenance Principles

BSS Overview

BSS Methods Handbook

BTS Alarm Dictionary



64 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


The following methods are impacted by the feature:

Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Different OMC-R

Move BTS/Abis in Same BSC

Move Several Abis Links from a BSC to Another, Same OMC-R

Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Free Abis Port

Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Same Abis Port

Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, 9100 BTS

Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, Monoband to Multiband Cell

Delete TRE from Equipped 9100 BTS

Synchronize BTS Master / Slave Site

Desynchronize BTS Master / Slave Site.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 65 / 382


66 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

11 A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm Support


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 67 / 382


11.1 DescriptionA5/3 is a new ciphering algorithm specified first for UMTS, and now alsodefined for GSM. It is used for circuit switched channels.

11.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported only for G4 / G5 TRE (TDM or IP BTS). If the featureis activated for G3 TRE, A5/1ciphering it is used for this TRE.

11.3 Feature ActivationFor specific information about the feature activation, refer to the NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations, to Support of A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm.


Name New

CELL_CIPH_SET New

TRX_CIPH_CAP New

TRE_CIPH_CAP New



MC951 NB_TCH_A5_3_REQ

MC952 NB_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3

MC953 NB_SUCC_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3

MC954 NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS

MC955 NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS_NO_TRX

MC956 NB_ASS_HO_CMD_A5_3_NO_TRX

68 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



11.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions. The following sections are updated:

RNUSM: Network Information Window

RNUSM: Edit Cell Window

BSSUSM: Modify BTS Characteristics Window.





BSS Overview.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 69 / 382


70 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

12 Edit n Adjacencies


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 71 / 382


12.1 DescriptionThis feature allows the user to modify one or more adjacency parameters onseveral adjacencies in one shot (in a similar way as it is currently done with theedit n-cells facility).






12.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, toRNUSM Edit N Adjs Window.




BSS Configuration Handbook.

72 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

13 Copy&Paste of Data in OMC-R Forms


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 73 / 382


13.1 DescriptionThe aim of this feature is to provide a better mechanism for Copy & Paste in theUSM windows, and make all text boxes and objects editable.

In the USM windows all text fields, which do not have an interactor attached,are available for highlight.

Using this highlight,the copy/paste mechanism is extended to all parametersand field names.




13.5 Counters and IndicatorsThere are no counters and indicators improvements.


13.6.1 LMT Updates

There are no LMT HMI improvements


The OMC HMI updates can be followed in 9153 OMC-R Functional andGraphical Evolutions.

13.7 Applicable DocumentsThe impacted document by the feature is 9153 OMC-R Functional andGraphical Evolutions

74 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

14 Customization of BTS External Alarms


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 75 / 382


14.1 DescriptionThis feature provides more flexibility to customers to declare the externalalarms on BTSs.

The solution consists in offering several profiles per BTS type for declaringthe external alarms.


14.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional. For specific information about the feature activation,refer to the BSS Configuration Handbook.

14.4 ParametersThis section contains the new parameter involved in the feature deployment.

Name New

En_CustExtAlmBts New



14.6.1 LMT Updates

There are no LMT modifications


For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions.




BSS Surveillance Handbook


9153 OMC-R Getting Started.

76 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

15 Change Granularity for Customization of BTS External Alarms

15 Change Granularity for Customization of BTSExternal Alarms

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed2 release.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 77 / 382

15 Change Granularity for Customization of BTS External Alarms

15.1 DescriptionThis feature is alocated per number of BTSs for which external alarm profile isnot set to the default profile. This is a limited feature.

If the number of BTSs for which the external alarm profile is not the default one,exceeds the limit alocated by contract, the centralized license server rejectsany configuration which requests other BTSs to use non-default profiles.


15.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional. For specific information about the feature functionality,refer to the BSS Surveillance Handbook.


15.5 Counters and IndicatorsThere are no new or modified counters and indicators


15.6.1 LMT Updates



The OMC HMI updates can be followed in 9153 OMC-R Functional andGraphical Evolutions



BSS Surveillance Handbook.


78 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

16 Clean Management of Reselection Links


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 79 / 382


16.1 DescriptionThis feature improves the process of reselection retrieval, as is the case forthe HO links.


16.3 Feature ActivationThe feature activation is made virtually in the OMC-R.


Name New

Link-Type-2G New



16.6.1 LMT Updates




16.7 Applicable DocumentsThe BSS Overview is impacted by the feature.

80 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

17 New GSL Counters

17 New GSL Counters

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 81 / 382

17 New GSL Counters

17.1 DescriptionThis feature provides new counters related to the GSL interface in order toease the BSCGP protocol dimensioning for both possible configurations:terrestrial and satellite configurations.

17.2 Hardware CoverageDepending on the transport mode:

The TDM mode is available on G2/MX BSC and on Legacy/MX MFS

The IP mode is available on MX BSC and Legacy/MX MFS.

17.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional.


17.5 Counters and IndicatorsNew counters exist at the BSCGP application level to configure the windowsize and acknowledgement timer:

For BSC:

nb_UL_GSL_messages

UL_GSL_messages_max

UL_GSL_messages_avg.

For MFS:

nb_DL_GSL_messages

DL_GSL_messages_max

DL_GSL_messages_avg.

82 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

17 New GSL Counters

The following table presents the new GSL counters for a BSC in TDM orIP mode.

Counter IDfor BSC in TDM/IP Mode

Counter Name

BSC_3_L1.5 NB_LAPD_ RNR_SENT

BSC_3_L1.6 NB_LAPD_ RNR_REC

BSC_3_L1.12 NB_LAPD_ CRC_ERROR

BSC_3_L1.16 TIME_LAPD_UNAVAIL

BSC_3_L1.17 NB_LAPD_EST

BSC_3_L1.18 NB_LAPD_CONG

BSC_IP24l MAX_NB_MSG_SENT

Table 2: GSL Counters for BSC in TDM/IP Mode

The following table presents the new GSL counters for a MFS in TDM orIP mode.

Counter ID for MFS in TDM/IP Mode Counter Name

MFS_1_1 Nb_GSL_msg_sent

MFS_1_2 Nb_GSL_msg_discarded

MFS_1_4 Cumul_full_ongoingA

MFS_1_4bis Cumul_full_ongoingB

MFS_1_5 Nb_GSL_msg_resent

MFS_2_1 Nb_GSL_msg_received

MFS_2_2 Nb_GSL_channel_req_ received

MFS_5_P547m Max_Nb_Kb_sent

MFS_5_P547l Max_Nb_Msg_sent

Table 3: GSL Counters for MFS in TDM/IP Mode

The following table presents the new PS counters:


P7a NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT

P7b NB_BSCGP_MSG_DISCARDED

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 83 / 382

17 New GSL Counters


P7c_1 CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_A_FULL

P7c_2 CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_B_FULL

P7d NB_BSCGP_MSG_RESENT

P7e NB_BSCGP_MSG_RECEIVED

P7f NB_BSCGP_CHANNEL_REQ_RECEIVED

P7g NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT

P7h MAX_NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT

P7i MAX_NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT

P9a NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS

P22a NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS

P30e NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MStransDL

P62e NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MStransDL

P90h NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL

P90i NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_T3192

P91h NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL

P91i NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_T3192

P181a NB_DL_TBF_REL_SIG

P181b NB_UL_TBF_REL_SIG

Table 4: PS counters

Note: The following counters are MR3 only:

The following table presents the PS counters for MR3:


P505a NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS

P506a NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS

P507a NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS

P508a NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS

84 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

17 New GSL Counters


P509a NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS

P510a NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS

Table 5: PS couters for MR3

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 85 / 382

17 New GSL Counters


17.6.1 LMT Updates




17.7 Applicable DocumentsThe document impacted by the feature is Quality of Service Alerters User Guide.

86 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

18 SEC Command Line Interface


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 87 / 382


18.1 DescriptionThis feature allows the users to centralize their user management. SECprovides a Command Line Interface. This interface offers all necessary foraccess right management (user profiles, OAD, FAD).





18.6 LMT / OMC HMI Updates

18.6.1 LMT Updates



There are not OMC HMI updates.


9153 OMC-R Getting Started

9153 OMC-R Command Mode.

88 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

19 Load Indicators for OMC-R


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 89 / 382


19.1 DescriptionThis feature is intended as a useful tool for system administrators to helptroubleshoot different SOLARIS and applications problems; the tool is alsouseful to indicate the system load.






19.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to OMC-R Load Indicators Window.


9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook

9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

90 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

20 Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity for Optional Features

20 Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity forOptional Features

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 91 / 382


20.1 DescriptionThis component can be installed on every OMC-R, or on another Unix machine.The license server use a limits file (similar to the current oflcf) in order tostore the allowed upper limits of the configured units quantities. The serverdisplays the current status of the optional features for the all involved OMC-Rs,like oflcf for a single OMC in RNUSM



20.4 Parameters

Name New

Validity-date New



20.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to DSMUSM Window.

92 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44




B11/B11 9153 OMC-R Software Replacement

B10/B11 9153 OMC-R Software Migration


9153 OMC-R Methods Handbook

Optional Features Activation on Running 9153 OMC-R

9153 OMC-R Installation

Site Preparation Sheet.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 93 / 382


94 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

21 TRX Dynamic Power Saving


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 95 / 382


21.1 DescriptionThis feature reduces BTS power consumption. The solution consists inswitching off the Power Amplifier (PA) bias of a TRX as soon as severalconsecutive timeslots are not used in DL on this TRX.

21.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is not supported by MC TRE only by G3, G4 and G5 TRE.

21.3 Feature ActivationFor specific information about the feature activation, refer to NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations, to TRX Dynamic Power Saving.


Name New

EN_POWER_SAVING New



MC957 TIME_TS_BUSY

MC958 TIME_PA_BIAS_ON


21.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: Edit Cell View.

96 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44






BSS Overview

BSS Configuration Rules.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 97 / 382


98 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

22 Adjust of BTS Power Level


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 99 / 382


22.1 DescriptionThis feature allows setting the maximum transmission power used at celllevel per BTS cabinet.



22.4 Parameters

Name New

BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION New

BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION_INNER New



22.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: Edit Cell View.




BSS Overview

Replace Non Alcatel-Lucent BTS with Alcatel-Lucent BTS.

100 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

23 Support of Windows Vista for PC LMT


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 101 / 382


23.1 DescriptionWindows Vista can be used as the Operating System for the PC LMT.

23.2 Hardware CoverageWindows Vista required more resource then Windows XP / 2000.

The minimum resource requirements by Windows Vista are:

1 gigahertz (GHz) 32-bit (x 86) processor or 1 GHz 64-bit (x 64) processor

1 GB of system memory

128 MB of graphics memory (minimum)

40-GB hard disk that has 15 GB of free hard disk space.





23.6.1 LMT Updates

Some components of the PC LMT must be updated to support and to workproperly with Windows Vista.



102 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



9125 TC Commissioning Manual

9125 TC Acceptance Manual

9130 BSC Evolution Software Installation

9110-E Micro BTS Commissioning Manual


9130 MFS Evolution Commissioning Manual



BTS NEM User Guide

9130 MFS Evolution IMT User Guide

9135 MFS IMT User Guide

9125 Transcoder NEM User Guide

TC Corrective Maintenance Handbook

9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide

9130 BSC Evolution Maintenance Handbook

9130 BSC Evolution NEM User Guide



Move BTS/Abis in Same BSC.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 103 / 382


104 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

24 Support of TFO on NB-AMR


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 105 / 382


24.1 DescriptionThe Tandem Free Operation (TFO) is a call configuration where a transcoderdevice is physically present in the signal path, but the transcoding functionsare bypassed.

Adaptive Multiple Rate (AMR) increases the quality of speech duringconversations and also increases the offered capacity due to the provision ofhalf-rate channels.

To support TFO on NB-AMR, HR_AMR and FR_AMR is a prerequisite.

24.2 Hardware CoverageTRAU G2 MT 120, G2.5 MT 120 supports TFO on NB-AMR if upgraded.

TRAU G2.5 MT 120-WB does not support TFO on NB-AMR in Release B11.

TFO on NB-AMR is supported only by a 9130 BSC Evolution.

24.3 Feature ActivationTo activate TFO on NB-AMR, refer to the Network ReconfigurationRecommendations , to Support of TFO on NB-AMR.


Name New

PREF_CONFIG_FR_AMR_NB New

PREF_CONFIG_HR_AMR_NB New

EN_TFO_AMR_NB New

EN_TFO_MATCH Modified

24.5 Counters and IndicatorsThe TFO for AMR-NB introduces the following BSC counters.


MC938 NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_WB

MC939 NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_WB

MC950 NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_WB

106 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



24.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to TFO Window and AMR Window.






BSS Overview.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 107 / 382


108 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

25 A-Flex

25 A-Flex

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 109 / 382

25 A-Flex

25.1 DescriptionThe A-Flex feature allows a BSC to connect to more than one MSC.

One BSC connects up to 16 MSC servers.

When A-Flex is applied, one or more MSC serve a CS pool-area, but only oneof these MSC serves each individual MS.

The A-Flex feature does not work with core network sharing.

One and only one MSC Server always controls an interface circuit.

The A-Flex feature requires the A signalling over IP feature.

25.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is implemented only in the case of:

9130 BSC Evolution

A non-Legacy MSC.

25.3 Feature ActivationTo activate A-Flex, refer to the Reconfigure BSC/MSC.


Name New

EN_A_FLEX New

MSC SBL number New

MSC_SPC New

MSC_CN_ID New

NRI_LIST New

NRI_LENGTH New

PLMN Name New

MSC_MCC New

MSC_MNC New

MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP New

MSC Name (local to the OMC) New

MSC_WEIGHT New

110 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

25 A-Flex

Name New

OFFLOADED New

NULL_NRI New

25.5 Counters and IndicatorsA-Flex introduces the following BSC counters.


C8e NB_CS_PAGING_with_IMSI (TRX)

MC8e NB_CS_PAGING_with_IMSI (Cell)

MC980 NB_INIT_L3_MSG_PAGING_RESPONSE_NRI

MC981 NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_DETACH_IND_NRI

MC982 NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_RE_ESTABL_REQ_NRI

MC983 NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_ATTACH_NRI

MC984 NB_INIT_L3_MSG_LOC_UPD_NRI

MC985a NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SMS_NRI

MC985b NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SUP_SERV_NRI

MC985c NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_CALL_EST_NRI

MC985d NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_LOC_SERV_NRI

MC985e NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_OTHERS_NRI

MC986 NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_NRI

MC987 NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_IMSI

MC988 NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_LB

A-Flex introduces the following MFS counter.


P53d NB_CS_PAGING_WITH_GLOBAL_CN_ID_PCH

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 111 / 382

25 A-Flex


25.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to BSSUSM: BSS Parameters.






BSS Overview

BSC and TC Alarm Dictionary

Which Scenario to Use.

The following FPD documents are impacted by the feature:

Reconfigure BSC/MSC

Add a New BSS on OMC-R

Replace 9120 BSC with 9130 BSC Evolution

Move 9130 BSC Evolution without MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Same MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R

Move 9130 MFS Evolution with Associated BSS, Different OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution Without MFS, Same MSC, Different OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Different OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Different OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R.

112 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

26 A Signalling over IP


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 113 / 382


26.1 DescriptionThis feature is one of the solutions for the BSS to be connected to the NGNnetwork. The purpose of this feature is to transfer the SS7 signaling over the IPnetwork between the BSC and NGN core network.

The benefits of this feature are the following:

Improvement of the signaling transfer reliability and lower transfer delay

Higher signalling transfer bandwidth

Simple network configuration and flexible network construction

It supports multi remote SS7 end points to be connected to BSC.

The feature is an optional feature, and the A-signalling over TDM is stillsupported. TDM mode and IP mode are exclusive.

26.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is implemented only in the case of:

9130 BSC Evolution

A non-Legacy MSC.

26.3 Feature ActivationTo activate A Signalling over IP, refer to Modify N7 Transport Mode for 9130BSC Evolution.


Name New

MSC SBL number New

MSC_SPC New

MSC_CN_ID New

NRI_LIST New

NRI_LENGTH New

PLMN Name New

MSC_MCC New

MSC_MNC New

MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP New

114 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

MSC Name (local to the OMC) New

MSC_WEIGHT New

OFFLOADED New

NULL_NRI New

MSC IP Address New

MSC Secondary IP Address New

MSC Port Number New

BSC IP Address New

EN_ASIG_ OVER_IP New

BSC Port Number New

ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 New

ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_2 New

ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST New

ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT New

START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC New

TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC New

M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS New

M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS New

26.5 Counters and IndicatorsA-Flex introduces the following BSC counters.


MC1101 NB_ASPUP_TX

MC1102 NB_ASPUP_RX

MC1103 NB_ASPDOWN_TX

MC1104 NB_ASPDOWN_RX

MC1105 NB_ASPACTIVE_TX

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 115 / 382



MC1106 NB_ASPACTIVE_RX

MC1107 NB_ASPINACTIVE_TX

MC1108 NB_ASPINACTIVE_RX

A Signalling over IP does not introduce any MFS counter.


26.6.1 LMT Updates

For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to Modify IPParameters, in the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide.








BSS Overview


Which Scenario to Use.


Modify N7 Transport Mode for BSC Evolution








Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R.

116 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

27 New ALMAP FM Module Replacing AS


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 117 / 382


27.1 DescriptionStarting with Release B11, the ASUSM is replaced by FM. AS (Current Alarms)is replaced by FM (Current Alarms) in the iconbox. AS (Historical Alarms) isreplaced by FM (Historical Alarms) in the iconbox. MFSUSM, RNUSM andBSSUSM are updated to invoke FM (Current Alarms) and FM (HistoricalAlarms) instead of AS.


27.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is not optional. There is no activation scenario for this feature.




27.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to:

FM Current Alarms Window

FM Historical Alarms Management Window.

118 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44




Alarm Call Out User Guide





BSS Overview

BSC & TC Alarm Dictionary

MFS Alarm Dictionary

Quality of Service Alerters User Guide

9125 Transcoder Alarm Dictionary.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 119 / 382


120 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

28 Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G)


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 121 / 382


28.1 DescriptionThis feature is commercially optional and its activation is managed through theEN_RIM_NACC parameter at BSS level. The feature optionally is managed onby a TRX quantity basis, by considering the feature as PS related.



For specific information about the feature activation, refer to the NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations , to Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC(3G- ->2G).


This field/button Lets you

EN_RIM_NACC Enables inter-BSS NACC and inter-RAT NACC

T_RIM_RIR Timer supervising reception of RAN Information

T_RIM_RI Timer supervising reception of RAN information ACK

T_RIM_MULTIPLE_REPORT Timer supervising reception of following RAN information withmultiple report

N_RIM_RETRIES Number of retries of a RAN procedure is sent before giving up(in case of no answer)

T_RIM_DISABILITY_CELL Timer supervising the disability of the External Adjacent cellcontext when information not available



P182a NB_SERVING_INTER_BSS_NACC

P182b NB_SERVING_INTER_RAT_NACC

P182c NB_CONTROLLING_INTER_BSS_NACC

P182d NB_RAN_INFO_REQ_INTER_BSS_NACC

P182e TIME_RIM_NACC_PROC_SUCC

122 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



28.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: RIM-NACC View.





BSS Overview

9153 OMC-R Online Help.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 123 / 382


124 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

29 New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 125 / 382


29.1 DescriptionThe OMC-R HW configurations based on SunFire V490 and SE3510 arereplaced by M4000 and ST2540 or ST2540-M2. The Sun SPARC EnterpriseM4000 server gives two dual-core 2.4 GHz SPARC64 VII processors.

M4000 was introduced due to a series of key benefits:

Higher single-system performance for very large workloads

Increased reliability, availability, serviceability

Faster I/O and increased I/O connectivity

Safe application portability as it fits into the existing environment.

The Sun StorageTek 2540/2540-M2 Array contains disk drives for storing dataand controllers that provide the interface between a management and/or datahost and the disk drives. The Sun StorageTek 2540/2540-M2 Array provides aFibre Channel connection from the data host to the controller.

There are two key features for ST2540/2540-M2:

Fibre Channel (FC) controller tray

Two data host connectors per controller that support a fiber-optic interface

with 1, 2, or 4 Gb/s data host connection speed.

29.2 Hardware CoverageThe Ultra 24 workstation is used for M4000 configuration.

The disk bay ST2540/2540-M2 is added for Large, X-Large, and XX-Largeconfigurations.

29.3 Feature ActivationFor M4000 configuration and OMC-R installation on the M4000 machine,refer to 9153 OMC-R Installation.




29.6.1 LMT Updates

No updates.


No updates.

126 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



Cabling Description for SUN Servers


LEGATO Installation and User Guide




9153 OMC-R Reconfigure Platform



9153 OMC-R Acceptance Tests.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 127 / 382


128 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

30 OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 129 / 382


30.1 DescriptionStorage Area Networks (SANs) represent the latest stage in the evolution ofmass data storage for enterprises and other large institutions. A SAN is astorage networking architecture that enables the more efficient use of storageassets by decoupling server and storage capacities with a dedicated network.

This feature can be also used to move the application(s) directory to externalFC storage.

Key advantages introduced by a SAN architecture:

Reduces overall cost of storage management

High availability

Any-to-any connectivity

Frees server capacity

Reduces LAN congestion

Storage not dedicated to one server

Increases data transfer rates

Enables server-less and LAN-less backup

File sharing.

30.2 Hardware CoverageThe client must have the SAN infrastructure which is compatible with Solaris 10:

Storage hardware: disk arrays

Fiber Channel switch: not mandatory for small configurations

Fiber Channel cables

SAN management software (usually bundled with the disk array).

The OMC-R machine must have one or more FC HBA installed which can bealso one of the current HBA used now in configurations with direct attachedstorage.

The following types of storage hardware can be used for SAN architecture:

SE 3510

ST 2540

ST 2540-M2.

30.3 Feature ActivationThe methods 9153 OMC-R Installation and 9153 OMC-R NetworkAdministration Handbook contain information about SAN compatibility with9153 OMC-R.

130 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44





30.6.1 LMT Updates

No updates.


No updates.







3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 131 / 382


132 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

31 New OMC-R Restore Strategy


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 133 / 382


31.1 DescriptionThis feature improves the backup/restore time and CPU usage. This featurepermits to avoid multiple copies of big database files. It is possible to avoidthe full backup/restore and to use instead only the incremental facility, basedon the fact that the machine is installed from start with DVD1, DVD2 andDVD3 on both backup and restore.

Using a central server for backup/restore is used to manage more efficientlythe storage implementing a method to delete old files that are no longerneeded at restore. Moving data between the server and clients is done usingoperating system services.

31.2 Hardware CoverageThe DVD1 and patches from DVD2 are hardware dependant, 3PP fromDVD2 and packages are machine type dependant (master, agent, etc.) andcustomizations are machine type and hardware dependant.

31.3 Feature ActivationTo perform a restore, the same installation steps as for the OMC installationmust be performed, and at the end, before the OMC start, an incrementalrestore must be done to obtain the same machine as it was after the lastbackup. Starting from the end of DVD installation and customization, all themodifications are saved as an incremental backup.




31.6.1 LMT Updates

No updates.


No updates.



LEGATO Installation and User Guide.

134 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

32 STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 135 / 382


32.1 DescriptionIn order to decrease the cost of the transport in the BSS, Alcatel-Lucentprovides an alternative solution to the TDM transport, STM1 (SynchronousTransport Mode level 1) in the SDH (Synchronous Digital Hierarchy) network.STM1 can transport larger amounts of telephone calls and data traffic over thesame fiber wire without synchronization problems, using lasers or light-emittingdiodes (LED).

The basic unit of framing in SDH is the STM1 (Synchronous Transport Modulelevel 1) and operates at 155.52 Mbit/s, used in GSM solely for the transport ofE1 links.

Each E1 link is transported transparently (using asynchronous mapping) in oneVC12 container. One STM1 link can contain up to 63 VC12 containers. So,one STM1 can carry 63 Abis and/or Ater, each E1 of 2048 kbps is transportedseparately on one VC12 container. Four STM1 interfaces can be connectedon the front plate of the new TPGSMv3 board BSC and 63 E1 Abis/Ater perinterface make that all 252 E1 links to be transported on STM1.

Using STM1, the 9130 BSC Evolution can be configured without a LIU shelf.Mixed configuration, LIU-E1 and VC12-E1 is supported.

The benefits offered by this feature are:

Reduces the cabling effort

Reduces the space needed for cables and distribution frames

Simplifies cabling/assignment changes

Reduces cost on transmission equipment

Increases reliability and availability.

32.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution equipped with TPGSMv3boards.


For specific information, refer to Activate/Deactivate STM1 Interface for 9130BSC Evolution.

136 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



Name New

Max-Number-STM1-Interface New

BSC-STM1-VC12-Identifier New

BSC-STM1-Interface-identifier New

LIU-Shelf-Present New

BSC-SECTION-TRACE-TYPE New

BSC-SECTION-TRACE-ONEBYTE-TRANSMITTED New

BSC-SECTION-TRACE-STRING-TRANSMITTED New

BSC-SECTION-TRACE-ONEBYTE-RECEIVED New

BSC-SECTION-TRACE-STRING-RECEIVED New

BSC-LOW-PATH-TRACE-TRANSMITTED New

BSC-LOW-PATH-TRACE- RECEIVED New

BSC-HIGH-PATH-TRACE-TRANSMITTED New

BSC-HIGH-PATH-TRACE- RECEIVED New

BSC-CLOCK-PREFERRED New



32.6.1 LMT Updates

The LMT modifications are in the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide.


The OMC HMI Updates are in the 9153 OMC-R Functional and GraphicalEvolution .

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 137 / 382



BSS Overview

9130 BSC Evolution Hardware Description



9130 BSC Evolution Functional Description


Network Reconfiguration Recommendation



Move BSS from One 9125 TC to Another

Move 9130 BSC Evolution without MFS, Different MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Same MFS, Different MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Same 9153OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Different 9153OMC-R

Extend 9130 BSC Evolution

Reduce 9130 BSC Evolution

Add a New BSS on 9153 OMC-R

Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Same 9153 OMC-R

Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Different 9153 OMC-R


Move Several Abis Links from a BSC to Another, Same 9153 OMC-R

Add BTS, New Cell(s)

Extend Ater Mux Interface

Reduce Ater Mux Interface


9130 MFS/BSC Evolution Installation Manual

BSS O&M Routing Configurations

STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution.

138 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

33 Full Gb over IP Option


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 139 / 382


33.1 DescriptionThis feature is sold according to a number of TRX. If the operator exceeds thenumber of TRX allocated by contract, the creation and application of a newconfiguration is refused at the next PRC activation.

The full Gb over IP option is available, starting with the current release.






33.6.1 LMT Updates

No updates.


No updates.




140 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

34 Lock of Additional Optional Features


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 141 / 382


34.1 DescriptionAll the optional features are sold according to a number of TRX. A checkingmechanism is implemented at OMC level, in order to limit the number of TRXconfigured with a certain optional feature.

If the operator exceeds the number of TRX configured with a certain optionalfeature, the creation and application of a new configuration is refused at thenext PRC activation.

The following features are added in the list of optional features:

Multi PLMN

Extended Cell

A-bis per satellite

A-Ter per satellite

SMS-CB

Basic LCS.






34.6.1 LMT Updates

No updates.


The OMC HMI Updates are in the 9153 OMC-R Functional and GraphicalEvolution document, section RNUSM: Network Information Window

142 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44





3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 143 / 382


144 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

35 Broadcast Other Value than CI in SYSINFO


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 145 / 382


35.1 DescriptionSome companies build data bases including the association between the cellreference of some PLMN and geographical positioning information.

For example, for CI information broadcast on SYSINFO 3 and 6, there aresome applications that are able to request the MS position from the centralizeddata base. In order to limit the impact on their business, operators request thatanother parameter than the CI is broadcast in SI.


35.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is NOT commercially optional. The feature is activated bya dedicated parameter at the cell level which contains the CI value to bebroadcast on SYSINFO messages. The new parameter is exchanged on theOMC-BSCf interface. When set to “0”, it indicates that the feature is deactivated.


Name New

CI_SI New



35.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: Edit Cell Window.

146 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44





BSS Overview

Add BTS, New Cell(s).

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 147 / 382


148 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

36 Enhanced 2G to 3G FDD/TDD Cell Re-selection


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 149 / 382


36.1 DescriptionThis feature allows the user to choose between using 2G to 3G FDD or TDDcell re-selction with:

Up to 3 UARFCN defined at BSC level

Up to 8 UARFCN defined at cell level (per serving cell).

36.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported for serving cells mapped on Evolium®Alcatel-LucentBTSs.

The following limitations apply:

For a G2 BSC, the maximum number of 3G cells which can be defined is

900 and the maximum number of 3G adjacencies is 1960

For a 9130 BSC Evolution, the maximum number of 3G cells which can bedefined is 1700 and the maximum number of 3G adjacencies is 3700.



Name New

RAT_3G New

UARFCN New for TDD

Modified for FDD

TDD_ARFCN_LIST Modified

EN_3G_DIVERSITY(FDD) Modified

Adjacency type Modified

EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION Modified


150 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



36.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions.



BSS Overview



3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 151 / 382


152 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

37 Investigation Based on Permanent Measurements


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 153 / 382


37.1 DescriptionThe feature is to reduce the accumulation period of type 110 to 15 minutesfor only one BSC at a time during a limited period. It is possible to reducethe accumulation period only for type 110 that is used only in PermanentMeasurement Campaign. The feature could not be activated for another type.

To limit risk of overload in OMC-R and NPO, for a given network take inconsideration the following :

only one BSC could have a reduced accumulation period at a time

it is also possible to reduce the accumulation period only during two hours.

It is not possible to define a reduced accumulation period out of a recordinginterval (the first one or the second one).

37.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported only by the 9130 BSC Evolution.



Name New

BSS identifier New

Reduced Accumulation Period New



37.6.1 LMT Updates




154 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44





3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 155 / 382


156 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

38 Antenna Hopping

38 Antenna HoppingNote: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 157 / 382

38 Antenna Hopping

38.1 DescriptionAntenna hopping means that the sequence of bursts comprising a radio blockare transmitted over more than one antenna. The purpose is to get diversity ofthe radio path to the mobile.

In conjunction with frequency hopping, the number of paths provided byfrequency hopping can be multiplied with the number of antennas involved inthe antenna hopping.

The feature is intended to be provided by the twin module, and thus the numberof antennas for antenna hopping is two.

38.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is available on 9120 BSC and 9130 BSC Evolution only for the BTSequipped with TWIN TRE.

38.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional and can be activated at cell level.

For specific information, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations,section Antenna Hopping.


Name New

EN_ANTENNA_HOPPING New

TXDIV_CAPABILITY Modified



38.6.1 LMT Updates




158 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

38 Antenna Hopping







9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Functional Description

BSS Overview


Add TRE to Equipped 9100 BTS.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 159 / 382

38 Antenna Hopping

160 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

39 Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages

39 Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 MessagesNote: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 161 / 382


39.1 DescriptionThe feature decreases the risks of hacking on the Air Interface by replacingfixed sequences of fill bits in L2 messages by random sequences of bits. Thefeature brings more protection to voice calls using A5/1 encryption algorithm.

39.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported from by G3 onwards TRE (including MC TRE).

39.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is commercially optional. For specific information about thefeature activation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, toRandomisation of fil bits in L2 messages.

39.4 ParametersThis section contains the new parameter involved in feature deployment:

Name New

EN_RANDOMISE_FBL2 New



39.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: Ded. Radio Res 1/2.

162 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44






3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 163 / 382


164 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

40 Introduction of CF F8 LMT

40 Introduction of CF F8 LMTNote: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 165 / 382

40 Introduction of CF F8 LMT

40.1 DescriptionThe feature replace the generic PC Panasonic CF 74 laptop into CF F8.






40.6.1 LMT Updates




40.7 Applicable DocumentsThe following document is impacted by the feature: Engineering Rules for LMT.

166 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

41 MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM

41 MC-TRX 900Mhz TDMNote: This feature is available in MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 167 / 382


41.1 DescriptionMC TRE module is an extension of the ‘TWIN-module’ in terms of TRXcapacity. A TWIN module has a capacity of up to 2 TRE, while an MC-modulehas a capacity of up to 6 GSM TRE (an MC-module can be configured toany configuration from 1 to 6 TRE).

41.2 Hardware CoverageThe MC TRE module is accepted with:

SUMA, SUMX boards

64 kbpsstatistic and nomux multiplexing mode.

The MC TRE module is not compatible with:

Tx-Diversity, Antenna Hopping

TRX Dynamic Power Saving

16kbpsstatistic, 64kbpstatic multiplexing modes.

Distributed BTS is suported with the V2 version of SUMX board.

41.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is activated as soon as the MC module is plugged in. Refer toMC-Modules hardware capacity licensing (Section 71).

41.4 ParametersThis section contains the new parameters involved in feature deployment:

Name New

Dynamic_Power_Allocation New

Additional_Power_Tables New

41.5 Counters and IndicatorsThis section contains the new counters involved in feature deployment:

BSC Counters


MC1208 TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_1




168 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



MC1212 TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_1




MC1216 TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_1




MC1220 TIME_8PSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION

MC1221 TIME_GMSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION

MC1222 TIME_DEFENSE_BURST_TRANSMISSION


41.6.1 LMT Updates

For specific information about the BTS LMT updates, refer to BTS NEM UserGuide .


For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions .







BTS NEM User Guide



3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 169 / 382


Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules

Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Same OMC-R


Move BTS/Abis in same BSC

Add TRE to Equipped 9100 BTS






9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Corrective Maintenance Handbook

9100 BTS Commissioning Manual

9100 BTS Acceptance Manual

9100 BTS Additional Tests

CI 08 - Site Equipment Inventory.

9100 BTS Hardware Description

General Safety Instructions for Node B / BTS

170 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

42 RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit

42 RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSICPairs Limit

Note: This feature is available in MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 171 / 382


42.1 DescriptionThe BCCH/BSIC pairs limit is increased from 42 to 154.

The RMS campaign is designed in a daily basis. The number of pairs isincreased to allowed to report more interferers by the mobiles through thereferred TRX.

42.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported for:

9130 BSC Evolution

starting with G3 TRE (in this case the limit is 84).

42.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is commercially optional. For specific information about the featureactivation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to RMSImprovement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit.

42.4 ParametersThis section contains the new parameters involved in feature deployment:

Name New

EN_MORE_RMS_BCCH_BSIC New

RMS_BCCH_BSIC_NB New



42.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions .



172 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



Network Reconfiguration Recommendations .

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 173 / 382


174 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

43 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMA Boards in 1 BTS Cabinet

43 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMABoards in 1 BTS Cabinet

Note: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 175 / 382

43 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMA Boards in 1 BTS Cabinet

43.1 DescriptionIn case of MBI5 Shared BTS, the factory cabinet contains two BTS. Theupper BTS contains 3 subracks and the below BTS contains 2 subracks.Any configuration or commisioning operations must be done independentlyon each BTS.

43.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported for: MBI5 shared BTS.


43.4 ParametersThere are no parameters modifications.



43.6.1 LMT Updates







Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, Monoband to Multiband Cell.


Extend Existing Cell(s) to Shared Cell(s) by Adding a 9100 BTS

Reduce Cell(s) Shared by Deleting the 9100 BTS Supporting the SecondarySector.

9100 MBS Indoor Installation Manual

9100 BTS Commissioning Manual.

176 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

44 Support of MC-TRX 900 Multistandard: Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same cabinet TDM

44 Support of MC-TRX 900 Multistandard: Separate 2Gand 3G carriers in same cabinet TDM

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1ED3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 177 / 382


44.1 DescriptionWe have:

In a mono-standard context (GSM only), the TRX/GSM carriers are spread

over the 2 MCPA by BTS/SW (i.e.: implicit load sharing between the 2 MCPA)

In a B11 multistandard context, MC-TRE can be used with 1 MCPA

configured in 2G only and 1 MCPA configured in 3G only (i.e.:

1PA/2G-1PA/3G configuration).

An MC module is based on MCPA technology performing Power Amplifier

for several carriers

The number of other standard modules in a given sector and in the band GSMis entered by the operator at OMC-R.

44.2 Hardware CoverageBecause MC-TRE is supported with SUMA and SUMX and MC-RRH issupported with SUMX19”, the feature is supported accordingly.

44.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is activated as soon as the MC module is plugged in. Refer toMC-Modules hardware capacity licensing (Section 71).


Name New

Nb other standard modules 900 MHz New

Nb other standard modules 1800 MHz New

Multi-PA TRE Load Sharing Mode New

PAR table New



44.6.1 LMT Updates

For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to BTS NEM UserGuide.

178 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, sections BSSUSM: Modify BTS RemoteSettings and RNUSM: Network Information Window.


BTS NEM User Guide







CI 08 - Site Equipment Inventory










Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Same 9153 OMC-R




General Safety Instructions for Node B / BTS

9100 BTS Acceptance Manual.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 179 / 382


180 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

45 Network Synchronization of Radio TS

45 Network Synchronization of Radio TSNote: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 181 / 382


45.1 DescriptionThe feature reduces the interferences on the cells’ frequencies used by aBTS where this feature is activated.

45.2 Hardware CoverageThe BTS must be equipped with a GPS receiver for this feature to be available.On site a GPS antenna must be installed. In a configuration with master/slavesBTS the GPS receiver is mandatory only in the master BTS.

45.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is commercially optional. For specific information about the featureactivation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to NetworkSynchronization of Radio TS.

45.4 ParametersThis section contains the new parameter involved in feature deployment:

Name New

GPS-Synchronised New

FN_OFFSET_TIME_SYNCHRO New



45.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, sections BSSUSM: Modify BTSCharacteristics Window and BSSUSM: Effective Synch Mode Panel.





182 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44




3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 183 / 382


184 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

46 IP Transport in the BSS


IP Transport in the BSS is available from Release B12.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 185 / 382


46.1 DescriptionIP transport is introduced to support the diversity of existing networkenvironments.

The BSC, TC, MFS are connected to an IP network through Ethernet links.

The BTS is connected to an IP network over Ethernet links, or over E1 links.

The BTS is connected to an IP network over Ethernet links.

The following figure shows the generic configuration.

Figure 1: BSS “full IPoEth”

46.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported only in:

9130 BSC Evolution

9130 MFS Evolution

9125 TC with new TCIF board

BTS 9100 (MBI3/MBI5, Outdoor) equipped with SUMX

46.3 Feature ActivationFor specific information about the feature activation, refer to Change IPExtraction Mode for 9130 BSC Evolution.


186 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

BSC Name

Atermux Number

TC Internal Mode

TC Rack Name

TCSL ID

BscNodeId

TcslIpAddressBsc (BSC)

TcslIpAddressTc (BSC)

TcslPortBsc (BSC)

TcslPortTc (BSC)

TcslIpAddressBsc (TC)

TcslIpAddressTc (TC)

TcslPortBsc (TC)

TcslPortTc (TC)

OML_PRIORITY

TCSL_MSS

TCSL_PRIORITY

GPRS_ACCESS_INTVL

GPRS_ACCESS_TEST_CNT

GPRS_ACCESS_TEST_DELAY

GPRS_ACCESS_TEST_

PERIOD

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL

REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_O&M (BSC)

REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TELECOM (BSC)

ROUTING_TABLE (BSC)

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 187 / 382


Name New

REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_O&M (TC)

REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TELECOM (TC)

ROUTING_TABLE (TC)

REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_O&M (MFS)

REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TELECOM (MFS)

ROUTING_TABLE (MFS)

T_TCSL_ACK (TC) New

T_TCSL_ACK (BSC) New

N_TCSL_RETRY (TC) New

N_TCSL_RETRY (BSC) New

TCP_MSL (BTS)

TCP_MSL (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP

TCP_MSL (MFS)

TCP_MSL (TC)

IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS New

IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS New

IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS New

IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS New

IPGCHU_Base_UDP_MFS New

REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TEL_GB New

REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TEL_BSS New

REACHABILITY_TEST_LABEL_O&M New

REACHABILITY_TEST_LABEL_TEL_GB New

REACHABILITY_TEST_LABEL_TEL_BSS New

BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC)

BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS)

GslIpAddressBsc (BSC)

GslIpAddressMfs (BSC)

188 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

GslTcpPortBsc (BSC)

GslTcpPortMfs (BSC)

GslIpAddressBsc (MFS)

GslIpAddressMfs (MFS)

GslTcpPortBsc (MFS)

GslTcpPortMfs (MFS)

tcMuxIpAddress

tcMuxPort

tcNONMUXIpAddress

tcNONMUXPortUL

MIN_PDCH (MX BSC)

MAX_PDCH (MX BSC)

MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MX BSC)

T_TC_IPTCHM_REPORTING _PERIOD

UL_TA_Late_Margin

TCP_MAX_RETRANS (BSC)

TCP_MAX_RETRANS (MFS)

TCP_MAX_RETRANS (BTS)

TCP_MAX_RETRANS (TC)

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS)

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS)

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (TC)

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS)

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (TC)

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS)

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 189 / 382


Name New

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS)

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (TC)

START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_TC New

TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC New

IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX New

IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX New

MUXTRAUP_SIZE

A MUXTRAUP

TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP New

E1_MTU New

IPGSL_PRIORITY (BSC)

IPGSL_PRIORITY (MFS)

IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS)

IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS)

IPGCHU-GBR_PRIORITY (MFS)

IPGCHU-GBR_PRIORITY (BTS)

IPGCHU-BE_PRIORITY (MFS)

IPGCHU-BE_PRIORITY (BTS)

OandM_PRIORITY (BSC)

OandM_PRIORITY (MFS)

P0_MAPPING_LAYER2_BSC

P0_MAPPING_LAYER2_MFS





190 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New











T_IPGCH_ACK_DL

T_IPGCH_ACK_UL

T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT

IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD

IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES

IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G3

IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G4_G5

IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_GPU

AbisTransportMode

AbisTargetTransportMode

BTSIPIdentifier

BTS-Hostname

NTPServerIPAd1

NTPserverIPAd2

SUM-Capability

BSC-OML-IP-Address

BTS-First-NTP-Server-Address

BTS-Second-NTP-Server-Address

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 191 / 382


Name New

BTS-TransMode

FTPServerAd New

BSC_OML_TID New

BSC_OML_PortNumber New

BTS_OML_PortNumber New

BTS_OML_TID New

DHCP-location New

Abis-Topology Modified

OCXO-Synch-Mode Modified

Usable-TSs Modified

Abis link number Modified

ABIS_BTS_GROUP_ID

ABIS_BTS_GROUP_SECONDARY_ID

BTS-Routing-SubGroup New

Second-BTS-Routing-SubGroup New

DHCP_SERVER_IP_ADDRESS New

AbisBtsGroupId

BTSmode(MFS)

Bandwidth(MFS)

Bandwidth(BSC)

BTS_IP_Ad

TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR

NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS

BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS

BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK

NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH

MIN_PDCH (BSC)

MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (BSC)

192 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

MAX_PDCH (BSC)

BSC_RSL_TID New

RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC New

BSC_RSL_PortNumber New

BTS_RSL_PortNumber New

BTS_RSL_TID New

IP_CONGESTION_JITTER_THRESHOLD New

TP_QUEUE3_WEIGHT New




P0_TPQUEUE_MAPPING New




IPGCH_PACKET_SIZE

IPGSL_MSS (MFS) New

IPGSL_MSS (BSC) New

E1_MTU New

TCSL_MSS (TC) New

TCSL_MSS (BSC) New

START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC New

TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC New

IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS New

RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX New

SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE New

FTP_PRIORITY (BSC)

FTP_PRIORITY (BTS)

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 193 / 382


Name New

RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC)

RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS)

RSL_UI_PRIORITY

SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC)

SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS)

SNMP_PRIORITY (TC)

VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC)

VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS)

VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS)

VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC)

ABIS_BANDWIDTH

IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor

IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL

IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL

IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL

IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL

IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE

IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE

IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL

IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL

IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL

IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL

IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_THROUGHPUT_DL

IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL

Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0.7

RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRES

RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHANGE_THRES

RLC_TARGET_BUFFER

194 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES

IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES

IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD

IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD

IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD

IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD

IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS

IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_THRESHOLD

IP_CONGESTION_TIMER

T_IP_COUNTER_REPORT

BSCNodeId_TCSL

TCSL_IpAddress_BSCside(BSC)

TCSL_IpAddress_BSCside(TC)

TCSL_IpAddress_TCside(BSC)

TCSL_IpAddress_TCside(TC)

Tcsl-port-BSCside(BSC)

Tcsl-port-BSCside(TC)

Tcsl-port-TCside(BSC)

Tcsl-port-TCside(TC)

TCSL_MSS (BSC)

TCLS_MSS (TC)

TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER

TCSL_ID

N_TCSL_RETRY(BSC)

N_TCSL_RETRY(TC)

T_TCSL_ACK(BSC)

T_TCSL_ACK(TC)

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 195 / 382



CounterID

Counter Name

IP21 NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_REQ

IP22 NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_FAIL_CONG

IP23 TIME_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_CONG

IP24a NB_BSC_SENT_GSL_IP_BYTES

IP24b NB_BSC_SENT_GSL_IP_PACKETS

IP24c MAX_NB_BSC_SENT_GSL_IP_BYTES

IP24m MAX_NB_BSC_RCVD_GSL_IP_BYTES

IP25a NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES

IP25b NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_PACKETS

IP25c NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN

IP26a NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_BYTES

IP26b NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_BYTES

IP26c NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_PACKETS

IP26d NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_PACKETS

IP26e NB_BTS_RESENT_RSL-I_LAPD FRAMES

IP27a NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES

IP27b NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES

IP27c NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS

IP27d NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

IP27e NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

IP27h NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN

IP27g NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN

IP28a NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES

IP28b NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES

IP28c NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS

IP28d NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

196 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


CounterID

Counter Name

IP28f NB_TC_RESENT_SS7_SCTP_SEGMENTS

IP28h NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN

IP28g NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN

IP29a NB_BTS_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES

IP29c NB_BTS_SENT_IPTCH_PACKETS

IP29k NB_BTS_RCVD_IPTCH_PACKETS_OUT_OF_DELAY

IP29l NB_BTS_NOT_RCVD_DL_IPTCH_PACKETS

IP30a NB_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES

IP30c NB_TC_SENT_IPTCH_PACKETS

IP30g NB_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN

IP30m NB_TC_NOT_RCVD_UL_IPTCH_PACKETS

IP31a NB_BTS_SENT_ALL_FLOW_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN

IP31c NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0

IP31d NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1

IP31e NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2

IP31f NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3

IP32a NB_BSC_SENT_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES

IP32b NB_BSC_RCVD_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES

IP32c NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0

IP32d NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1

IP32e NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2

IP32f NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3

IP33a NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_IPTCH_PACKETS

IP33c NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES

IP33f NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN

IP40a NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

IP40b NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 197 / 382


CounterID

Counter Name

IP40d NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES

IP41a NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

IP41b NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

IP41d NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES

IP42a NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_TCP_SEGMENTS

IP42d NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_IP_BYTES

P540a NB_RCVD_RT_PFC_REQUEST

P540b NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_BW

P540c NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_RADIO

P540d MAX_DL_GBR_BW_GRANTED

P540e MAX_UL_GBR_BW_GRANTED

P541a NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

P541b NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

P541d NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES

P542a NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

P542b NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS

P542d NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES

P543a NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_TCP_SEGMENTS

P543d NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_IP_BYTES

P547a NB_MFS_SENT_GSL_IP_BYTES

P547c NB_MFS_SENT_GSL_TCP_SEGMENTS

P549a CUMULATED_TIME_PS_DL_BE_CONGESTED

TEMP_TRX


46.6.1 LMT Updates

Tbc.

198 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the following9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions sections:

BSSUSM Transport Mode Window

BSSUSM TCSL Parameters Window

BSSUSM Bandwidth Window

BSSUSM View BTS Window.


BSS Overview









BSS Methods handbook

BTS NEM User Guide



9100 MBS Outdoor Installation Manual


CI 08 – Site Equipment Inventory

BSS Telecom Routing Configurations

BSS configuration rules



MFS Alarm Dictionary

9130 BSC Evolution Functional Description

9125 Compact TC Description


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 199 / 382



Change to IP Mode for 9130 BSC Evolution

Move full IP BTS different BSS, same/different OMC

Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Same OMC-R


Move BTS/Abis in same BSC

Move Several Abis Links from a BSC to Another, Same OMC-R

Move BSS from One 9125 Compact TC to Another






Merge 900 and 1800 Cells into Multiband Cells on 9100 BTS


Delete BTS

Extend Existing Cell(s) to Shared Cell(s) by Adding an 9100 BTS

Reduce Cell(s) Shared by Deleting the 9100 BTS Supporting the Secondary

Sector

Create Extended Cells

Reconfigure TRE/Sectors on 9110 E-BTS

Extend/Replace an 9110 Micro-BTS with an 9110 E-BTS



Replace Non Alcatel-Lucent BTS with Alcatel-Lucent BTS

Attach Secondary, Third Abis

Which Scenario to Use

Extend 9130 BSC Evolution

Reduce 9130 BSC Evolution

Extend Ater Mux Interface

Reduce Ater Mux Interface





200 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44





Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Same OMC-R

Move BSS from One 9125 Compact TC to Another

Configure GPRS

Move Direct CS Link into Dedicated GPRS Link

Move Dedicated GPRS Link into Direct CS Link

Add Logically a BSS to an MFS

Add a BSS by Moving Existing Links Through an MFS

Delete GPRS from Active BSS

Add GP in 9130 MFS Evolution for Multi GP BSS

Delete GP from 9130 MFS Evolution for a Multi GP BSS

Add a New BSS on OMC-R

B11/B11 9125 TC Software Replacement.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 201 / 382


202 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

47 Remote BTS NEM

47 Remote BTS NEM

Remote BTS NEM is available from Release B12.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 203 / 382

47 Remote BTS NEM

47.1 DescriptionThe Network Element Manager for a BTS (BTS NEM) is a software packageused for managing, maintaining and commissioning a BTS.

For IP transport, there are two BTS connection types:

Local connection

Remote connection

Local Connection

Local connection can be done via front panel NEM connector on the SUMboard (which needs to open the NE door with a key).

From this point, the PC-NEM is named ”Local PC-NEM”.

Remote Connection

This is possible from anywhere within the network, as far as the routing /firewall allows.

A “remote connection” can also be on a switch port physically located near theBTS, which needs the port to be enabled and physical accessible.

In the following figure,the wording “PC-NEM” is used for content relative tothe local and the remote PC-NEM.

BTS 1 BTS 2

IP

BTS X

BTS 1 View Local PC−NEMvia IP or RS232

BTS 2 View Local PC−NEM via RS 232

BTS 1, BTS 2, BTS X View Remote PC_NEM

Ethernet or PPP/E1

NEM−IP−Forwarding−inside−BTS = TRUE

NEM−IP−Forwarding−inside−BTS = FALSEBTS 1, BTS 2, BTS X View Remote PC−NEM

Note: A new parameter, ’NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS (True/False)’, existsin the BSC Terminal in order to enable/disable routing to the NEMin each BTS.

Local and remote PC-NEM use IP to connect BTS.

There are two ways to connect the PC-NEM:

Serial connection to the BTS

Ethernet connection.

Serial connection to a BTS

Local IP connection using IP/PPP over RS232 for SUMA/P only.

Ethernet connection

204 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

47 Remote BTS NEM

The Ethernet local or remote connection is realized either:

Through a point to point Ethernet link to the concerned BTS for the SUMX, or

Connecting the PC-NEM on the IP backbone.

47.2 Hardware CoverageRemote connection to the BTS is possible only if the BTS is equipped withSUMX boards.

The LMT PC must be equipped with an Ethernet Interface.

47.3 ParametersA new parameter, ’NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS (True/False)’, exists toenable/disable routing to the NEM in each BTS.


47.5 Feature ActivationThe Remote BTS-NEM feature is not optional, it is activated by default.Optionally it is possible to enable/disable routing to the NEM in each BTS byactivate ’NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS’ parameter.

To enable/disable routing to the NEM in each BTS:

1. Open the BSC Terminal.

2. From the BSC Terminal menu bar, select Commands->BSSOperations->Display BSC Peer Entities .

The "Display BSC Peer Entities window" appears.

3. Complete the following fields:

In the ’Object Class’, select BSC

In the ’Unit Type’, select BSC

In the ’Unit Number’, enter 1.

Check the “’Get and Modify’” box and click on [ OK ].

The "Modify BSC Peer Entities" window opens.

4. Select "Address - 3" tab.

5. In the ’NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS’ field select the TRUE value:

6. Click on [ OK ].


47.6.1 LMT Updates

For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to Modify BSC PeerEntities, in the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 205 / 382

47 Remote BTS NEM




BTS NEM User Guide









206 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

48 Layer 2 Network Access


Layer 2 Network Access is available from Release B12.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 207 / 382


48.1 DescriptionUsing a Layer 2 transport network means that, despite the BSS, networkelements (BTS, BSC, TC, MFS) will still exchange IP packets. The underlyingfunctional architecture of the transport network can be seen as a single LAN,in fact, an Ethernet LAN. Taking into account the potential distance betweennetwork elements, this is based on "Extended Area LAN" concepts such theMetroEthernet. The primary impact on the IP-based transport is that all IPaddresses of the network elements belong to the same IP subnet, and no IProuter (Layer 3) is needed between two network elements.

48.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported only in:

9130 BSC Evolution:

IPoE1 with new TP board TPIP module

IPoEth no new upgrade needed

IPoEth no new upgrade needed

9130 MFS Evolution

9125 TC with new TCIF board

BTS 9100, 9110

IPoE1 with SUMA,SUMP

IPoEth with SUMX

IPoEth with SUMX

48.3 Feature ActivationFor specific information about the feature activation, refer to the BSS TelecomRouting Configuration document.




48.6.1 LMT Updates




208 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



BSS Telecom Routing Configuration

BSS Overview.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 209 / 382


210 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

49 Security Enhancements for IP Introduction


Enhanced security with IPSEC is available from Release B12.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 211 / 382


49.1 DescriptionThe aim of this feature is to distribute the security functions over the BSSsubsystems as well as their interactions.

The security strategy for the BSS takes into account the following aspects:

The need for network element protectionA first level of protection is to secure write accesses to telecom and O&Mnetwork elements.A second level of protection is to secure read access for sensitive data.A third level of protection would be to secure everything, meaning readaccesses whatever the data flow.

The need for network protection (data flow sensitivity)Network protection is not to protect the network, but to protect data flowsgoing through the network against dishonest users with network access.The solution is to use secured VPN tunnels, via to the IPsec protocol.The BTS supports such IPsec tunnels. Other network elements rely oncustomer central site IPsec gateways.

The NE location (central or remote sites are differentiated).As opposed to customer central sites, where only customer authorizedpeople are present, remote sites are easily accessible to non authorizedpeople. In the BSS, remote sites are, in most cases, BTS sites. Therefore,the BTS has the support of the IPsec and the 802.1x protocol for Ethernetport access control. The 802.1x protocol forbids unauthorized clients fromusing the Ethernet ports of a server machine.


49.3 Feature ActivationFor specific information about the feature activation, refer to NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations.


Name New

BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC) New

BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS) New

EN_BTS_PASSWORD_ RENEWAL (OMC local, BSClevel, default is FALSE)

New

EXCLUDE_BTS_FROM_ PASSWORD_RENEWAL(OMC local, BTS level, default is FALSE)

New

212 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

SNMP_KEY_PERIOD_ TOWARD_BTS (OMC local,BSC level)

New

SNMP_KEY_PERIOD_ TOWARD_TC (OMC local, TClevel)

SSH_KEY_PERIOD_ TOWARD_MFS (OMC local,one for every managed MFS). Implemented through acrontab script.

EN_IPSEC (BTS) New

IPsec_GW_ADDRESS New

EN_SUPPLICANT_802 _1x (BTS) New

EN_AUTHENTICATOR_802 _1x (BTS) New

PRIMARY_RADIUS_ SERVER_ADDRESS New

SECONDARY_RADIUS_ SERVER_ADDRESS New

RADIUS_SHARED_SECRET New

NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside -BTS New

BSC_USE_FTP New



49.6.1 LMT Updates




3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 213 / 382


214 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

50 Logging of BTS Temperature

50 Logging of BTS TemperatureNote: This feature is available starting with MR1 ED3 and MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 215 / 382

50 Logging of BTS Temperature

50.1 DescriptionThe feature functionality allows you to log the BTS ambient temperatureremotely via the OMC-R without any external equipment. The data is alsomade available at the established interfaces for external analysis tools (e.g.Metrica). Inside the BTS, the internal temperature, and more precisely, theTRX-module temperature from which the ambient temperature can be derivedvery easily, is available. This information is made accessible via the normalO&M procedures and the ambient temperature is made visible at the OMC-R.


50.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is not a commercially optional feature and there is no need for anew parameter at the OMC/BSC/BTS level. The feature is activated as soon asthe BSC/BTS/OMC are upgraded.


50.5 Counters and IndicatorsOne counter is needed to monitor the TRX temperature. The level of thenew counter is at “TRX” and not at “BTS”, even if future user actions are atthe BTS level.


MC1200 TRX_MAX_TEMPERATURE


50.6.1 LMT Updates




50.7 Applicable DocumentsThere are no applicable documents.

216 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

51 Ethernet Installation Kit


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 217 / 382


51.1 DescriptionThe Ethernet connection is introduced in B11 in order to connect the 9100Evolution Indoor BTS to the IP network.

To connect the BTS in IP network, it must be equipped with:

SUMX board

Ethernet Adapter Board

Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors (3BK 25970 ABxx)

Ethernet Adapter Board consists in 8 double layer ETH ports, inserted in thefront panel of the 9100 Indoor BTS (MBI3/MBI5 only), between the MSCAand Power Supply modules.

The Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors (3BK 25970 ABxx), is used tointerconnect the TRANS1 port of the SUMX board and the back panel ETH1port of the Ethernet Adapter Board. From the front panel ETH1 port of theEthernet Adapter Board, other Ethernet cable is used to connect the BTS tothe external switch/router.

51.2 Hardware CoverageThe Ethernet Adapter Board is introduced in the MBI3/MBI5 cabinets.

Abis Interface Group

External Alarm Input Board MultistandardXIBM

Abis Relays

External InterfaceConnectors

Krone Strip

Equipment LabelsConnectorsDC Filter

CircuitBreakers

Equipment Labels

0V−48V

0

I

0

I

0

I

SR1 SR2INT &DC OUT

Abis 4 Abis 2

XC

LK1

In

XC

LK2

In/O

ut

XC

LK1

Out

Abis 4 I Abis 3 I Abis 2 I Abis1

Abis 3 Abis 1

XRT RS232

External ClockInterface Group


Multistandard Connection AreaMSCA

Power Supply andCircuit Breaker Area

DCBR3

0

I

SR3

DC Output −48 V/500 W max

DC OUT 500 W max

DC Output

XB

CB

GND+12 V

Figure 2: MBI3 Interconnection Panels with Ethernet Adapter Board

Abis Interface Group

External Alarm Input Board Multistandard XIBM

DC Output −48 V/500 W maxConnectors

DC Filter Equipment Labels

External ClockInterface Group


Multistandard Connection AreaMSCA

Power Supply andCircuit Breaker Area

DCBR5

External Interface Connectors

XB

CB

Abis 4 Abis 2

XC

LK1

In

XC

LK1

Out

Abis 4 I Abis 3 I Abis 2 I Abis1

Abis 3 Abis 1

Equipment Labels

GND+12 V

DC Output

Circuit Breakers

0V−48V DC OUT 500 W max

0

I

0

I

0

I

0

I

0

I

0

I

SR1 SR2 SR3 SR4 SR5INT &DC OUT

Abis RelaysKrone Strip

XC

LK2

In/O

ut

XRT RS232

Figure 3: MBI5 Interconnection Panels with Ethernet Adapter Board

218 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


51.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is commercially optional and there is no new parameter at theOMC/BSC/BTS level.


51.5 Counters and IndicatorsThere are no new or modified counters and indicators.


51.6.1 LMT Updates




51.7 Applicable Documents




3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 219 / 382


220 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

52 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO

52 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMONote: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2 and MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 221 / 382


52.1 DescriptionIn the current implementation when the MS enters the PTM, a PMO messageis sent, overwriting the GPRS 3G Measurement Parameters broadcastedin SI2Quater to the MS, especially the list of cells and the parameter3G_SEARCH_PRIO. This implementation is chosen to preserve timeprocessing in the mobile in order not to impact the on-going 2G packet transfer.

Otherwise the MS could interrupt its data transfer(s) more frequently to monitor3G neighbor cells.

This feature allows a reselection from GSM to UMTS to be possible inboth packet idle and packet transfer modes. The PMO message is notlonger sent at the beginning of a packet transfer and the mobile usesinstead the broadcasted neighboring cells and reselection parameters forthe reselection decision. This is accomplished by using a new value forthe following parameters: EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION andEN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION.


52.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is not optional. For specific information about the featurefunctionality, refer to the Network Reconfiguration Recommendations , to 3GSearch Prio wrong in PMO.

52.4 ParametersThis section contains the modified parameters involved in feature deployment:

Name New

EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION Modified

EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION Modified



52.6.1 LMT Updates




222 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44





BSS Overview.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 223 / 382


224 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

53 Support of Sftp in the OMC


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 225 / 382


53.1 DescriptionSFTP stands for SSH File Transfer Protocol. SFTP based on SSHv2 shall besupported as a alternative to FTP transfers between 9153 OMC-R and 9130BSC Evolution. Since SFTP also supports the standard ftp commands, it isnot required to use the SFTP specific commands.






53.6.1 LMT Updates






9153 OMC-R Methods Handbook.

226 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

54 IP Flow Separation at Physical Level

54 IP Flow Separation at Physical LevelNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1 and MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 227 / 382


54.1 DescriptionThis feature provides the flow segregation at layer 1 (same or different physicalports for the different flows).

The 9130 BSC Evolution has flexible mapping of O&M / A SigoIP flows onto GEports starting with B11 MR1.

The 9130 BSC Evolution has flexible mapping of O&M / A SigoIP / BSSoIPflows onto GE ports starting with B11 MR3.

The 9130 MFS Evolution has flexible mapping of O&M / GBoIP flows onto GEports starting with B11 MR1.

The 9130 MFS Evolution has flexible mapping of O&M / GBoIP / IPGSL /IPGCH flows onto GE ports starting with B11 MR3.

The 9125 TC has flexible mapping of O&M / Telecom flows onto GE portsstarting with B11 MR3.

54.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is available for 9130 BSC Evolution, 9130 MFS Evolution and9125 TC.

54.3 Feature Activation

9130 BSC Evolution To activate the feature for 9130 BSC Evolution:

1. From the BSC Terminal menu bar, select Commands -> BSS Operations-> Display IP Parameters . The "Display IP Parameters" window opens

2. Complete the following fields:

In ’Object Class’, select BSC

In ’Unit Type’, select BSC

In ’Unit Number’, enter 1.

Check the "Get and Modify" box and click on [OK]

The "Modify IP Parameters" window opens

3. From the "Modify IP Parameters" window, select "IP Parameters" tab andselect ’DISTINCT TAGGING’ for the ’VLAN Conf Index’ field.

For specific information about the feature functionality for 9130 BSC Evolution,refer to BSS Telecom Routing Configuration, section Management of IPtransport in 9130 BSC Evolution.

9130 MFS Evolution To activate the feature for 9130 MFS Evolution:

1. For B11 MR1 refer to BSS Configuration Handbook, section Separate O&Mand GBoIP flows

2. For B11 MR3 refer to BSS Configuration Handbook, section Separate MFSIP Telecom flows.

For specific information about the feature functionality for 9130 MFS Evolution,refer to BSS Telecom Routing Configuration, section Management of IPtransport in 9130 MFS Evolution.

9125 Transcoder To activate the feature for 9125 Transcoder (for B11 MR3 only):

228 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


1. From the TC NEM menu bar, select Window -> TCIF -> IP Conf . The"TCIF" window opens

2. In the "TCIF" window use the "IP Conf" panel to view and modify TC’s IPconfiguration

3. Check box "VLAN Separation" which allows to select the O&M/Telecomflow separation and click on [Save].

For specific information about the feature functionality for 9125 Transcoder,refer to BSS Telecom Routing Configuration, section Management of IPtransport in 9125 TC.

54.4 ParametersThis section contains the modified parameters involved in feature deployment:

Name New

VLAN_CONF_INDEX New



54.6.1 LMT Updates

For specific information about the LMT updates, refer to

9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide, section Display/Modify BSC

Parameters

9130 MFS Evolution IMT User Guide, section Set VLAN Configuration in

MFS

9125 Transcoder NEM User Guide, section IP Conf Panel




Modify N7 Transport Mode for 9130 BSC Evolution


9130 BSC Evolution Acceptance Manual

Install 9130 MFS/BSC Evolution

9130 BSC Evolution Commissioning

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 229 / 382


Configure OS6850 for GB/BSS Traffic.




230 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

55 AMR WB Cell Load Handling

55 AMR WB Cell Load HandlingNote: This feature is available starting with MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 231 / 382


55.1 DescriptionThe AMR WB Cell Load Handling feature allows a call to be established inAMR NB HR (or in HR in case NB-AMR HR would not be possible) in case ofhigh cell load. This is accomplished by using the following new parameters:EN_HR_FOR_AMR_WB_GMSK and .

The ADD_HR_IN_TFO_LIST parameter is available only for the 9130 BSC.


55.3 Feature ActivationIn order to activate the feature:

1. Open RNUSM Main Window, create a PRC containing the cells to beconfigured.

2. In the PRC, select the required cell.

3. Right click and select Edit .

4. Click on the AMR&TFO tab and next on the AMR WB tab.

5. In order to activate the feature, set the ’EN_HR_FOR_AMR_WB_GMSK’parameter to ’Enabled’.


Name New

EN_HR_FOR_AMR_WB_GMSK New

ADD_HR_IN_TFO_LIST New

232 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44




55.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: TFO Window and RNUSM:AMR WB Window.





3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 233 / 382


234 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

56 Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain

56 Interworking with LTE in the Packet DomainNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed2 / MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 235 / 382


56.1 DescriptionLTE (Long Term Evolution) is the evolution of 3G UMTS which targets veryhigh throughputs.

LTE means:

No more CS plane, voice is carried through VoIP

A flat IP architecture

Use of enhanced radio techniques, including MIMO & OFDM

E-UTRAN the equivalent of GERAN (2G) or UTRAN (3G) is a set ofeNodeBs connected to the same MME (Mobility Management Entity, part of

the Core Network).

The purpose of the Inter-working with LTE in the Packet domain feature is tomanage 2G versus LTE inter-working (in other words, the GERAN versusE-UTRAN inter-working), with the following requirements:

Support of 2G to LTE-FDD reselection

GERAN CS User Plane is not managed (no CS Handover to be managed)

Inter-RAT NACC is managed for the E-UTRAN to GERAN direction only

Manage cell reselection in blind search mode.

The management of the reselection algorithm by the MS/UE takes into accountadditional parameters (the so-called priority parameters) which are not onlyrelated to E-UARFCNs, but also to UARFCNs and 2G serving cells.

56.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported only by 9130 MFS Evolution and 9130 BSC Evolution.

56.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional and can be activated at cell level throughEN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.

To activate the feature:

1. Open RNUSM Main Window, create a PRC containing the cells on which theLTE reselection to be activated.



4. Select LTE.

5. In order to activate the feature, set the’EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ parameter to enabled.Thefollowing rules apply when using this feature:

The ’EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ and

’EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ parameters cannot beenabled at the same time.

236 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


For a given BSS, we cannot have at the same timeFDD_ARFCN_LIST defined at BSS level and, at least, one 2G

cell where both ’EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION’ and’EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ are enabled.

If both ’EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION’ and

’EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ are enabled, they musthave the same value.

’EN_FAST_3G_CELL_RESELECTION’ cannot be set on 3if any of ’EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ or

’EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION’ is = 0

’EN_FAST_3G_CELL_RESELECTION’ cannot be set on 2 if’EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ = 0

MCC_LTE, MNC_LTE, CI_LTE uniquely identify an LTE cell inside the

OMC. This represents the telecom/O&M LTE cell identification, alsocalled ECGI (E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier).

The allowed value ranges for ARFCN_LTE (FDD) are: [0..5379] U

[5730..6599].

Note: For 2G-LTE interworking, Alcatel-Lucent recommends configuringARFCN_LTE (FDD) value compliant with the values recommendedby 3GPP release 9, where band 6 (2650 - 2749) is not applicableanymore and band 11 (4750 – 4999) is limited up to 4949.

For any given serving cell, no more than 8 distinct values of

ARFCN_LTE(FDD) are allowed in the neighbor LTE cells havingRAT_LTE =FDD and targeted by 2g-LTE reselection links.

For any given serving cell, no more than 20 outgoing 2g-LTE adjacencies

are allowed.


Name New

RAT_LTE New

MCC_LTE New

MNC_LTE New

CI_LTE New

EUARFCN New

PRIORITY_LTE New

THRESH_LTE_HIGH New

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 237 / 382


Name New

THRESH_LTE_LOW New

QRXLEVMIN_LTE New

MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH New

T_RESELECTION New

H_PRIO New

DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G New

DEFAULT_THRESH_3G New

DEFAULT_QRXLEVMIN_3G New

EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION

New

Qsearch_P_LTE New

GERAN_PRIORITY New

THRESH_PRIORITY_SEARCH New

THRESH_2G_LOW New

PRIORITY_3G New

THRESH_3G_HIGH New

THRESH_3G_LOW New

QRXLEVMIN_3G New

Adjacency-type-LTE New

Adjacency-Name-LTE New

Cell-LTE-PLMN-Name New

Cell-Name-LTE New

Cell-LTE-Location-Name New

EN_RIM_NACC Modified

FDD_ARFCN_LIST Modified

EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION

Modified

EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION

Modified

238 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New


CELL_RIM_NACC_CAPABILITY Modified



P450f NB_E_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

P450g NB_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

P450h NB_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

P182f NB_SERVING_INTER_LTE_NACC


56.6.1 LMT Updates






BSS Overview




3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 239 / 382


240 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

57 2G to LTE (TDD) Cell Re-selection

57 2G to LTE (TDD) Cell Re-selectionNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 241 / 382


57.1 DescriptionLTE (Long Term Evolution) is the evolution of 3G UMTS which targets veryhigh throughputs.

LTE means:

No more CS plane, voice is carried through VoIP

A flat IP architecture

Use of enhanced radio techniques, including MIMO & OFDM

E-UTRAN the equivalent of GERAN (2G) or UTRAN (3G) is a set ofeNodeBs connected to the same MME (Mobility Management Entity, part of

the Core Network).

The purpose of the 2G to LTE (TDD) Cell Re-selection feature is to manage2G versus LTE inter-working (in other words, the GERAN versus E-UTRANinter-working), with the following requirements:

Support of 2G to LTE-TDD reselection

GERAN CS User Plane is not managed (no CS Handover to be managed)

Inter-RAT NACC is managed for the E-UTRAN to GERAN direction only

Manage cell reselection in blind search mode.

The management of the reselection algorithm by the MS/UE takes into accountadditional parameters (the so-called priority parameters) which are not onlyrelated to E-UARFCNs, but also to UARFCNs and 2G serving cells.

57.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported only by 9130 MFS Evolution and 9130 BSC Evolution.

57.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional and can be activated at cell level throughEN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.

To activate the feature:

1. Open RNUSM Main Window, create a PRC containing the cells on which theLTE reselection to be activated.



4. Select LTE.

5. In order to activate the feature, set the’EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ parameter to enabled.Thefollowing rules apply when using this feature:

For a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time

TDD_ARFCN_LIST defined at BSS level and, at least, one 2Gcell where both ’EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ and

’EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ are enabled.

242 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


’EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ and’EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ cannot be enabled

at the same time.

If both ’EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION’ and

’EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ are enabled, they must

have the same value.

If both ’EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ and

’EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ are enabled, they musthave the same value.

’EN_FAST_3G_CELL_RESELECTION’ can be set on 3 only if

’EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION’ and

’EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ are enabled or

’EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION’ and

’EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ are enabled or

’EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ and

’EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ are enabled.

’EN_FAST_3G_CELL_RESELECTION’ cannot be set on2 if ’EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ = 0 and

’EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ = 0.

The allowed value ranges for ARFCN_LTE (TDD) are: [36000.. 39649].

For any given serving cell, no more than n distinct values of

ARFCN_LTE(TDD) are allowed in the neighbor LTE cells havingRAT_LTE =TDD and targeted by 2g-LTE reselection links,

where n is:

4, if ’EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ and

’EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION’ are enabled on the

aim serving cell and ’FAKE_FDD_MANAGEMENT’ = 1 on the aimserving BSC

8, otherwise.

For any given serving cell, no more than 20 outgoing 2g-LTE adjacencies

are allowed.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 243 / 382



Name New

EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL _RESELECTION New

FAKE_FDD_MANAGEMENT New

EUARFCN (ARFCN_LTE(TDD)) New

RAT_LTE Modified

MNC_LTE Modified

PRIORITY_LTE Modified

THRESH_LTE_HIGH Modified

THRESH_LTE_LOW Modified

QRXLEVMIN_LTE Modified

MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH Modified

EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION Modified

EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION Modified

EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_ CELL_RESELECTION Modified


Qsearch_C_LTE_INITIAL Modified

TDD_ARFCN_LIST Modified

57.5 Counters and IndicatorsThis section contains the counters involved in feature deployment.


P450f NB_E_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

P450g NB_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

P450h NB_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU

P182f NB_SERVING_INTER_LTE_NACC

244 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



57.6.1 LMT Updates






BSS Overview




3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 245 / 382


246 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

58 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC

58 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSCNote: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed.2 and MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 247 / 382


58.1 DescriptionWith this feature implemented, firmware upgrade procedure is simple and easy.Firmware upgrade is triggered remote by operator upon reception of alarms.This is possible because the firmware packages are part of the BSS package.

The types of boards and the Firmware which should be upgraded are listedbelow:

Firmware on FRU IPMC FW

(IPMI SW)

Payload BIOS

SMM (M100) Yes Yes No

SSW (F300) Yes Yes No

OMCP/CCP (F715) Yes No Yes

PEM Yes No No

FAN Tray Yes No No

PC (A100) Yes No No

Firmware upgrade action is executed manually by operator, one by one andmore than one upgrade action in parallel is forbidden. The standby board isupgraded first, followed by the active one. Firmware upgrade is performed onlywhen the BSC is stable (under IT).

Because the whole firmware package is part of the BSS software version, thefirmware effective upgrade can only take place in one of these three situations:

Commissioning (platform installation)

Software replacement

Board replacement.

These situations are triggering conditions for possible discrepancy reporting,via an alarm and log files. This is when the firmware upgrade is performed.

The entire firmware upgrade process is described in Firmware Upgrade sectionfrom 9130 BSC Evolution Maintenance Handbook.

58.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution.



248 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44




58.6.1 LMT Updates







B11/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Replacement

9130 BSC Evolution Commissioning

9130 BSC Evolution Software Installation.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 249 / 382


250 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

59 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS

59 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFSNote: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed3 and MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 251 / 382


59.1 DescriptionWith this feature implemented, firmware upgrade procedure is simple and easy.Firmware upgrade is triggered remote by operator upon reception of alarms.This is possible because the firmware packages are part of the MFS package.

The boards impacted by firmware upgrade are listed below:

Boards Action

SMM (M100) Payload + IPMI upgrade

SSW (F300) Payload + IPMI upgrade

OMCP/(F715) BIOS + IPMI upgrade

PEM IPMI upgrade

FAN Tray IPMI upgrade

PC (A100) IPMI upgrade

GP IPMI + NE1oE Firmware upgrade

MUX NE1oE Firmware upgrade

The Firmware upgrade process is launch exclusively from IMT. The operatoris mainly warned via alarms about firmware discrepancies compared to areference.

The whole process concerning firmware upgrade is automatic and consists in:

Locate the standby board and upgraded it

When the new firmware version is installed and running, reboot it

Locate the new standby board and upgrade it

When the new firmware version is installed and running, reboot it

Wait for return to operational state.

The entire firmware upgrade process is described in Firmware Upgrade sectionfrom 9130 MFS Evolution Maintenance Handbook.

59.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is available only for 9130 MFS Evolution.



252 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44




59.6.1 LMT Updates

For specific information about the LMT updates, refer to 9130 MFS EvolutionIMT User Guide, sections Firmware Upgrade and Check Firmware Status.




9130 MFS Evolution Maintenance Handbook




9130 MFS Evolution Software Installation.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 253 / 382


254 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

60 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol


Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol is available from ReleaseB12.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 255 / 382


60.1 DescriptionBidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) is a network protocol used to detectfaults between two endpoints over a particular link.

In an IP BSS network architecture, IP Abis traffic is often aggregated from BTSsites in several points of concentration (POCs) of an access network, beforereaching a central IP gateway, which is the starting point of a secured IPbackbone towards TC, BSC, and MFS.

The network access can be a layer 2 or a layer 3 access network. In mostof the cases, it is not owned by the mobile operator, and Abis is backhauledthrough leased lines services.

BFD is a tool to monitor the transport layer of the Abis through non managedtransport network.

The BFD IP address is used by the “next hop” router which implement the BFDprotocol The address is configured via the BTS NEM and is retrieved bythe OMC via through SNMP.

If the network access does not provide path resiliency capability , BFD can beused as trigger of path switchover between a primary and a secondary route.


60.3 Feature ActivationTo activate the feature:

From the BTS NEM User Guide window follow the menu path:Configuration —> IP... —> BFD IP Address The "BFD Responder IP

Address" window opens.

Enter the required BFD IP Address and click on [ OK ].

The default value is 0.0.0.0 and means that BFD is not activated; that valueindicates that the operator does not provide any IP address yet and is notdisplayed on the OMC. The BFD IP address must be different from the BTS IPaddress.


Name New

BFD_IP_ADDRESS_BTS New


256 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



60.6.1 LMT Updates

For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to BTS NEM UserGuide, section 4.9.5 BFD IP Address.


For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, section 1.4 BSSUSM: View BTS Window.


BTS NEM User Guide


Install CISCO Routers

BSS Telecom Routing Configuration.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 257 / 382


258 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

61 MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM

61 MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDMNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.1.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 259 / 382


61.1 DescriptionMC-RRH is an "outdoor box" with to 2 MCPA inside, 2 Antenna ports, and isable to transmit on the 2 antenna ports.

MC-RRH is part of distributed BTS together with SUMX 19’’ central box.

Where:

In a mono-standard context (GSM only), the TRX/GSM carriers are spread

over the 2 MCPA by BTS/SW (i.e.: implicit load sharing between the 2 MCPA)

In a B11 multistandard context, MC-RRH can be used with 1 MCPAconfigured in 2G only and 1 MCPA configured in 3G only (i.e.:

1PA/2G-1PA/3G configuration).

An MC module is based on MCPA technology performing Power Amplifierfor several carriers

An MC-RH is a module, which has two power amplifiers, each able to

transmit simultaneously several carriers, and a dual receiver, able toreceive simultaneoulsy several carriers. A carrier is a GSM and or an LTE

(or other system) carrier.

A remote MC-RH (MC RRH) is a unit which contains all necessary items to

provide a full BTS function except the functions of a central module, from

DC and central module connection to antenna connection

MC-RRH supports up to 6 TRE.

61.2 Hardware CoverageMC-RRH is supported with SUMX19”.

MC-RRH is supported with 9130 BSC Evolution.

In MR3 ED1.1 only the star configuration is supported:

Up to 3 MC-RRH (3 sectors with 1 MC-RRH/sector), to be extended in future

Up to 6 logical TRX per sector allowed

Up to 18 TRX per SUMX 19" allowed.

61.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is activated as soon as the MC module is plugged in.


260 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

RRH-ID New



61.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, sections BSSUSM: View BTS Windowand BSSUSM Main Window.


BTS NEM User Guide



Distributed BTS Technical Description

BSS Overview






Distributed BTS/9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Corrective MaintenanceHandbook

Reconfigure RRH/Sectors on Distributed BTS

Distributed BTS Dismantling Manual

Distributed BTS Installation Manual

Distributed/9100 BTS Commissioning Manual

Distributed BTS Additional Tests

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 261 / 382


Distributed BTS Acceptance Manual

262 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

62 MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same module

62 MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and3G carriers in same module

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 263 / 382


62.1 Description

62.2 Hardware CoverageBecause MC-TRE is supported with SUMA and SUMX and MC-RRH issupported with SUMX, the feature is supported accordingly.

62.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is activated as soon as the MC module is plugged in.


Name New

OTHER_STANDARD_RATIO_PA1

OTHER_STANDARD_RATIO_PA2

POWER_POOLING_OVER_2PA

MC_MODULE_NB_PA

MC_MODULE_NB_TRE

MC_MODULE_MAX_NB_TRE

SUPPORTED_POWER_BUDGET

NB_TRE_GSM

NB_TRE_DCS

NB_3G_MC_GSM

NB_3G_MC_DCS

NB_1PA/2G-1PA/3G_MC_DCS

NB_1PA/2G-1PA/3G_MC_GSM


264 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



62.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, sections BSSUSM: Modify BTS RemoteSettings and RNUSM: Network Information Window.


BTS NEM User Guide




3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 265 / 382


266 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

63 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly Standby Reset.

63 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. WeeklyStandby Reset.

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed. 2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 267 / 382


63.1 DescriptionThe aim of this feature is to avoid the traffic disturbance due to the 9130BSC Evolution hardware failures.

There are 4 cases of outages due to hardware failures:

OMCP

CCP

TPGSM

MUX

To prevent the above 4 types of outages, the solution is to use a periodic resetof the standby boards of the 9130 BSC Evolution.

The periodic reset of the standby boards lead to:

initialize again the standby board. This remove the potential software fault

and leave the standby board in the clean state

launch again the self test on the standby board. This detect an inactiffault covered by the boot self test

This daily reset is launched on the following standby boards: OMCP, CCP,TPGSM, MUX

An OMC-R script is developed and scheduled in crontab for daily runing. Thescript manages a list of board types which is circularly parsed, one type beingpicked up from the list at each run. The script triggers the reset on the standbyboards of the chosen type on all or some specified 9130 BSCs Evolution knownby the 9153 OMC-R. The reset is triggered only if the concerned standbyboard is in IT status.

63.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

63.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is not optional. For specific information about the featurefunctionality, refer to the Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.



268 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



63.6.1 LMT Updates



There are no OMC HMI updates.




3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 269 / 382


270 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

64 Gb flex

64 Gb flexNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3 release.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 271 / 382

64 Gb flex

64.1 DescriptionThe Gb-Flex feature allows a BSS to connect to more than one SGSN.

Up to 8 SGSN can be connected to a BSS. Up to 8 NRI can be defined perSGSN.

In Alcatel-Lucent solution Gb-Flex works only with Gb over IP.

The benefits of the feature are as following:

Load sharing can be done by the BSS for each SGSN where the BSS

is connected

Possibility of capacity upgrades by additional SGSN in the pool-area

Increase the reliability when an SGSN fails thanks to SGSN redundancy

To have several SGSN allow to enlarge the served area and the reduction of

signalling within the core network

Possibility to “off-load” an SGSN to perform maintenance

64.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is available only for 9130 MFS Evolution.

64.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional. For specific information about the feature functionality,refer to the Configure GPRS.


Name New

EN_GB_FLEX New

NRI_LENGTH_PS New

NRI_PS New

SGSN_Weight New

SGSN_OFFLOAD_STATE New

NULL_NRI_PS New

CN_ID_PS New

SLOW_MOVING_FACTOR New

SGSN_Name New

NRI_LIST_PS New

272 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

64 Gb flex

Name New

MAX_NB_SGSN New

CELL_GPU New

BSS_GPU New

SGSNR New



P180a NB_SGSN_SELECTION_NSF

P180b NB_SGSN_SELECTION_RIM


64.6.1 LMT Updates






Configure GPRS

BSS Overview





3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 273 / 382

64 Gb flex

274 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

65 STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack

65 STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TCSTM1-IP Subrack

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed. 2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 275 / 382


65.1 DescriptionSTM1 is a 155 Mbit/s interface, defined within the SDH family of interfaces(others are STM-4, STM-16…).

SDH is used for GSM solely for the transport of E1 links. The SDH is usedin the so-called channelized mode. Each E1 link is transported transparently(using asynchronous mapping) in one VC12 container. One STM-1 link cancontain up to 63 VC12 containers.

Due to the high traffic per STM1 link, protected access is usually used.Protection is done by automatic protection switching (APS) with one activeand one standby link.

Automatic protection switching (APS) is used to avoid the loss of a STM1link in case of a physical link (or termination) failure. The standards havedesigned two modes:

Unidirectional protectionIn case of unidirectional protection each end of the link transmits on bothlines permanently and each end of the link selects only one line for receptionof the traffic and monitors the received signal on that line. If the receivedsignal is faulty, then APS in that end will switch the reception to the otherline. At a given point in time, thus one end could use one line and theother end the other line for reception

Bidirectional protection.In case of bidirectional protection each end of the link transmits and receivesalways on one and the same selected line. Each end of the link monitorsthe received signal on that line. If the received signal is faulty, then APSin that end will switch the reception to the other line and will signal theswitch to the other end (in-band signaling protocol if possible). At a givenpoint in time, thus both ends use one and the same working line (exceptduring the short transitions).

The TC provides APS 1+1 bidirectional non-revertive implementation, withautomatic return to the unidirectional mode in case of APS protocol mismatch.

The requirement is to provide compatibility in terms of STM1 APS interfacewith NSN MGW.

This feature requires at least two STM1 interfaces to be activated on TC, this isbecause the Atermux and A interfaces cannot be mapped on the same STM1interface. Another constraint consists in fact that only 189 A interfaces from 192maximum possible can be mapped on 3 STM1 interfaces.

At TCIF side, the working (protected) lines will be configured on TCIF1 fromslot 0 and the protecting lines for TCIF2 from slot 1. This configuration shouldbe synchronized with the one made at ADM/MGW side.

65.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is available only for 9125 TC equipped with TC STM1-IP subrack.


For specific information, refer to 9125 Transcoder NEM User Guide.

276 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



Name New

APS_MODE New



65.6.1 LMT Updates

No updates.


No updates.



9125 Transcoder Alarm Dictionary

Activate/Deactivate STM1 Interface for 9130 BSC Evolution/9125 TC.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 277 / 382


278 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

66 BTS Synchronization Through NTP


BTS Synchronization Through NTP is available from Release B12.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 279 / 382


66.1 DescriptionWith IP BSS, the frequency synchronization of the BTS (i.e. the automaticrecalibration of the local oscillator frequency on a high accuracy transmissionclock source) can be achieved through NTP: a stratum 1 NTP server deliversNTP messages to the BTS.

The key value of the synchronization through NTP is that this method does notinduce any requirement on the transmission backbone.


66.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional. For specific information about the feature functionality,refer to the Synchronize BTS with a NTP Server.


Name New

FREQ_SYNC_POLLING_TIME_INITIAL New

FREQ_SYNC_POLLING_TIME_SUSTAINED New

FREQ_SYNC_POLL_PER_EVAL New

FREQ_SYNC_MIN_NBR_EVAL New

FREQ_SYNC_MAX_INITIAL_EVAL New

FREQ_SYNC_GRAD_CONV_THRES New

FREQ_SYNC_GRAD_CONV_EDGE New

FREQ_SYNC_SUCCESS_RATIO New

BTS-First-NTP-Server-Address New

BTS-Second-NTP-Server-Address New

EFFECTIVE_SYNCH_MODE New

NTP_SYNCHRONISED New

NTP-IP-ADDR New

GPS-SYNCHRONISED New

280 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

NTP-SYNCHRONISED New

PCM-SYNCHRONISED New



66.6.1 LMT Updates






BTS NEM User Guide





3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 281 / 382


282 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

67 CS/PS Outage Detection

67 CS/PS Outage DetectionNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed. 2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 283 / 382


67.1 DescriptionThe objective of this feature is to improve the availability of the system. Thismeans that under normal conditions, the unavailability of the system is betterthan 5’15” per year. This feature runs in full IP mode, mixed mode or TDMmode.

A new module TOAD (Telecom Outage Detector), is introduced in both activeand standby OMCP as a basic LINUX process.

The TOAD checks the number of call establishment per minute. When itdetects there is no call establishment, the process launches an end to endtelecom tests towards Abis and Ater interface. If both tests fails, it attempts toretrieve the traffic by running the take over of the main boards, and finally, if thetraffic still does not come up, it runs a BSC reset.

The TOAD process runs the BSC outage detection and defense only on theactive OMCP board, mainly to avoid double defense. It sends the outagereport to the standby TOAD to assure the case of OMCP take over followingBSC outage detection.

The BSC distinguish the CS and PS outage, but the PS traffic is less stringent.The CS and PS traffic outage is observed in the same time.The activity of theBSC regarding the PS traffic only is very low without impacting the PS traffic.The BSC will not run any defense action in case where only the PS outage isdetected. The BSC will not generate additional BSC outage neither in case ofbad external transmission network nor in case of others BSS network elementdysfunctions (MFS,TC, BTS unavalaibility).


67.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is activated from the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal.

For specific information, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.


Name New

EN_Tel_Outage_DET New


284 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



67.6.1 LMT Updates

For specific information about the LMT updates, refer to the 9130 BSCEvolution Terminal User Guide, section Display/Modify BSC Parameters.


No updates.




BSC & TC Alarm Dictionary

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 285 / 382


286 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

68 OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense

68 OMCP-OMC Supervision Link DefenseNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed. 2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 287 / 382


68.1 DescriptionThe aim of this feature is to improve the connection between 9130 BSCEvolution and OMC-R, in case of communication via IP or A interface overMLPPP, to save the basic requirement regarding the availability time.

The mechanism for “BSC-OMC Supervision Link Defense” feature is describedbelow:

OMCP supervisionDespite of direct IP or MLPPP connection, OSI stack calculate the numberof connections failure of EIMR to OMCR. Once the connection is sucessfully,the counter is set to ’0’. If the counter exceeds a certain threshold (normallyit takes about 10 min), OSI stack sends a notification to FM and FMtriggers OMCP takeover.

OMCP takeover is trigerred except the following cases:

The standby OMCP is not in IT/FIT state

All E1 carrying MLPPP fail toward TC except IP mode

All A TRUNK carrying MLPPP fail

All MLPPP broken

’T_GUARD_MLPPP’ is not running

TP supervisionIf MLPPP is broken for a certain time, FM gets an internal notificationfrom TP. After this notification, a 5 min. timer ’T_GUARD_MLPPP ’ is tobe started. During the timer running, if FM receives the notification thatMLPPP is fully or partially recovered, then no defence is triggered andthe timer is stopped, otherwise:

FM trigger TP takeover execpt the following cases:

The standby TP is not in IT/FIT state

No on-going scenario on active TP.

The defence is triggered by using the internal flag ’MLPPP_STATE_FLAG’.When the defence is triggered the flag ’MLPPP_STATE_FLAG’ is set to’TRUE’. When the TP detects the state change of MLPPP, it notifies the FM.If MLPPP is fully or partially recovered, the flag ’MLPPP_STATE_FLAG’is set back to ’FALSE’. The defence is triggered only if the flag’MLPPP_STATE_FLAG’ is ’FALSE’. By default, ’MLPPP_STATE_FLAG’is ’TRUE’.

During the OMC-R SWR, the communication with BSC is lost due to OMC-Rreset but th defense mechanism is not triggered. Before the OMC-R reset, OMCsends a notification to BSC to stop the BSC-OMC supervision link defensetemporarily. After the OMC-R SWR/reset , OMC-R notices the BSC to recoverthe setting (if disable before, keep disable, if enable before, recover to enable).


288 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


68.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is activated from the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal. Default stateof the feature is enabled.

For specific information, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.


Name New

EN-OMCR-Conn-DET New



68.6.1 LMT Updates

For specific information about the LMT updates, refer to the 9130 BSCEvolution Terminal User Guide, section Display/Modify BSC Parameters.


No updates.




3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 289 / 382


290 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

69 TP Init Auto Test Improvements

69 TP Init Auto Test ImprovementsNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed. 2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 291 / 382

69 TP Init Auto Test Improvements

69.1 DescriptionThe aim of this feature is to cover most of the component of theTP board andthe datapath between those components. This application is ran right afterdriver installation, and before the MxPF process startup.

When the TP starts-up , the driver load error log file is checked , if there isno error, TP starts-up normally , otherwise , the TP send an alarm to BSCand wait for poweroff.

There are two type of diagnosis:

diagnosis without SS7, after all drivers installation except the TPGMSK

SS7 diagnosis, after all drivers installation and load PQ2 software, and it

imply that the drivers are loaded in two stage and the TPGMSK is installedat last.






69.6.1 LMT Updates



No updates.

69.7 Applicable DocumentsThe BSC & TC Alarm Dictionarydocument is impacted by the feature.

292 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

70 Management of BSC patches (Step 1: BSC Term only)

70 Management of BSC patches (Step 1: BSC Term only)Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed.2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 293 / 382


70.1 DescriptionThe aim of this feature is to improve the availability and usability of MX BSCpatch information

Due to the implementation of a Webmin module that:

generates a report

post-processes its output

and displays a report giving BSC patch information,

the operator can check:

the patch name

the patched software provider (the software delivered as a patch may beprovided by BSC or the MX platform development teams or it may be

provided by a third party)

whether the patch archive is present in BSC’s patch repository or not

whether errors have been recorded at patch install time

the type of ATCA boards concerned by the patch

the list of ATCA boards on which the patch is installed and whether the

installed software is corrupted or not.

However, MX BSC patch installation is not changed. That is, patches areinstalled manually, one by one, BSC by BSC, remotely from OMC-R, usinghelper tools delivered with each patch.






70.6.1 LMT Updates


294 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



No updates.

70.7 Applicable DocumentsThe documents impacted by this feature are:


B10/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 295 / 382


296 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

71 MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing

71 MC-Modules hardware capacity licensingNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed.2.1

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 297 / 382


71.1 DescriptionIn B11, it will be possible for customers to dynamically configure up to 6 2GTRXs in a MC-Module. The licensing unit controlled by the Centralized LicenseManager is the number of TREs effectively mapped to MC-Modules.

Considering the pay-as-you-grow model and the shift of MC-Modules from2G to 3G/LTE over time, the quantity of TREs mapped to MC-Modules isexpected to fluctuate, requiring regular updates of the OMC-R licence filesfor a given customer.

To anticipate and optimally manage the licensing of MC-Module hardwarecapacity, more flexibility is needed in order to automate the license generation.

The flexibility of the license generation offered to customers is provided by anAlcatel-Lucent online web tool called LKDI, which tracks all the customeroptions transactions and provide a quick way for customers to get licenses.

In GSM, the following cases are handled:

regular license updates initiated by customers or customers representatives,

control by Alcatel-Lucent over the options that are transferred back

(returned in LKDI) in the case of migration, feature deactivation, or optionreshuffling between severs

automation of the license generation in LKDI.

71.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is only for MC-Modules.





71.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, section RNUSM: License server synchroand RNUSM: Network Information Window.

298 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44








Site Preparation Sheet


Move 9120 BSC, Without MFS, Same MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R

Move 9120 BSC, Different MFS, Same MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R

Move 9135 MFS with Associated BSS, Different 9153 OMC-R

Move 9130 MFS Evolution with Associated BSS, Different 9153 OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution Without MFS, Same MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Different 9153OMC-R

Move 9120 BSC, Different MFS, Different MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R

Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Different 9153OMC-R.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 299 / 382


300 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

72 Improved Multi-GPU Performance

72 Improved Multi-GPU PerformanceNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.1.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 301 / 382

72 Improved Multi-GPU Performance

72.1 DescriptionIn order to be prepared to face a still increasing packet traffic, an improvedperformance in case of Multi-GPU is needed.

Until now the BSC chooses the GPU towards which sending an UL messageaccording only to load sharing considerations among its GPU boards andtherefore a part of the GPU processing is wasted in message rerouting.

In order to send the UL message directly to the GPU board handling thecorresponding cell, the BSC shall maintain a cell/GPU mapping table.

From this improvement is expected a higher capacity per GPU board andtherefore a reduction of the number of GPU boards for the same packetcapacity, at network level.






72.6.1 LMT Updates



No updates.

72.7 Applicable DocumentsThe BSS Overview document is impacted by the feature.

302 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

73 Iur-g Interface with Enhanced Control Plane

73 Iur-g Interface with Enhanced Control PlaneNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed.2.2

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 303 / 382


73.1 DescriptionIur is the interface defined by 3GPP between RNCs mainly to allow softhandover inside RNS (without involving CN) in case of inter RNC handovers.

A first step of similar interface named Iur-g between BSCs and betweenRNC and BSC has been studied in 3GPP. Only some signalling informationexchange between a BSS and a BSC/RNC has been standardized. TheIur-g interface is based on a subset of procedures and messages of the Iurinterface of UTRAN, namely the RNSAP.

With the current implementation, one BSC supports up to 16 neighbour RNCs.

The new messages definition through an Iur-g like interface (Control plane) canoptimize 3G to 2G Relocation/HO.

Three procedures are defined on Iur-g+:

Information exchange procedure: in line with 3GPP Iur-g RNSAP TS 25.423.

The RNC obtains GSM cell capacity information from BSC.

Common Measurement Procedure: slightly modified procedure against3GPP Iur-g RNSAP TS 25.423 (more than one GSM cell per messages).

The RNC obtains GSM cell load indication from BSC. The availability ofGSM target cell capacity and load allows the RNC to trigger a handover

toward a GSM cell in which the handover will be probably successful.

Radio resource reserve handover procedure: specific procedure not definedin 3GPP, to reduce the handover preparation time and to trigger earlier the

intersystem TD-SDCMA -> GSM handover in the UE. This procedure allowsthe source RNC to request directly the BSC to allocate in advance the radio

resource needed in the target BSS for a just triggered external TD ->GSM handover. This anticipation allows the RNC to trigger the handover

command toward the UE earlier (before the receipt of RELOCATIONCOMMAND from CN). Consequently, the handover preparation time is

reduced, and consequently the time critical intersystem handover has

better probability to succeed.

73.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

73.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional, has one BSC-level activation parameter and iscontrolled per TRX quantity.

For B11 MR1, the feature is activated from the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal.

For B11 MR3, the feature is activated from OMC-R.

For specific information about feature activation and usage, refer to BSSMethods Handbook, IURG section.

304 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



Name New

IURG_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC New

IURG_PRIORITY New

IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_ADDRESS_1 New

IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_ADDRESS_2 New

IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST New

IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT New

CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS_SOURCE New

EN_IURG New

LOCAL_IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_ADDRESS_1 New

LOCAL_IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT New

MAX_NB_IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT New

RNC_MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP New

RNC_SPC New

START_IURG_IP_ADDRESS_BSC New

RNC_TRAFFIC_MODE New

RNC_Name New

RNC_ID New

REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_IURG (BSC) New

MAX_NB_RNC New

ASIG_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC Modified

BSS_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC Modified

START_ASIG_IP_ADDRESS_BSC Modified

START_BSS_IP_ADDRESS_BSC Modified

VLAN_CONF_INDEX (BSC) Modified

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 305 / 382




MC1301 NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_IURG

MC1302 NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_IURG

MC1303 NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS_IURG

MC1304 NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_MAX_MN_IURG

MC1305 NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC_IURG

MC1306 NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT_IURG

MC1307 NB_ENH_RELOC_REQ_IURG

MC1308 NB_ENH_RELOC_RESP_IURG

MC1309 NB_ENH_RELOC_FAIL_IURG


73.6.1 LMT Updates

The 9130 BSC Terminal was updated with IURG corresponding menus. Fordetails see 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide.


For B11 MR1 Ed3, the OMC-R was updated to display RNCs and thecorresponding IURGSL(s).

For B11 MR3, the OMC-R was updated to enable IURG, create RNC, displayRNCs and the corresponding IURGSL(s).

For details see 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

73.7 Applicable DocumentsFor B11 MR1Ed.2.2, the following documents are impacted by the feature:


9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide.

For B11 MR1Ed.3, the following documents are impacted by the feature:





306 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


BSC and TC Alarm Dictionary.

For B11 MR3Ed1.1, the following documents are impacted by the feature:










BSS Overview


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 307 / 382


308 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

74 Support of Lb interface by the BSC with SMLC in IP

74 Support of Lb interface by the BSC with SMLC in IPNote: The feature is available in IP starting with B11 MR3Ed1.1.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 309 / 382


74.1 DescriptionThe Lb interface is a 3GPP standard interface between BSC and SMLC forlocation service. SMLC is abbreviation of “Service Mobile Location Centre”,who is the network element to handle the location service.

The feature is only supported by 9130 BSC Evolution.

The Lb interface is managed through IP.

A given BSC can be connected to one SMLC at the most.

Two location methods are supported on Lb interface:

Timing Advance positioning (also called Cell Id + TA method)

TA positioning + NMR.

74.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

74.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional, is activated at BSS level and is controlled per TRXquantity.

For specific information about the feature activation, refer to NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations.


Name New

EN_LB New

EN_LB_NMR New

LB_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC New

LB_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_ADDRESS_1 New

LB_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_ADDRESS_2 New

LB_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST New

LB_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT New

LOCAL_LB_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_ADDRESS_1 New

LOCAL_LB_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT New

LB_MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP New

START_LB_IP_ADDRESS_BSC New

310 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

SMLC_SPC New

SMLC_TRAFFIC_MODE New

SMLC_Name New

T_SCON New

LB_PRIORITY New

MAX_NB_LB_SCTP_ENDPOINT New

EN_RESET_LB New

T_WAIT_SMLC_RESET_ACK New

NB_WAIT_SMLC_RESET_ACK New

T_Location_Lb New

T_Loc_abort_Lb New

SGW_INTERWORKING_LB New

REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_LB New

VLAN_CONF_INDEX (BSC) Modified

EN_CONV_GPS Modified

EN_MS_BASED_AGPS Modified

EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS Modified

EN_SAGI Modified

EN_LCS(MFS) Modified

EN_LCS(BSC) Modified

ASIG_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC Modified

BSS_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC Modified

START_ASIG_IP_ADDRESS_BSC Modified

START_BSS_IP_ADDRESS_BSC Modified

START_IURG_IP_ADDRESS_BSC Modified

IURG_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC Modified

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 311 / 382




MC923a NB_LCS_REQ

MC923b NB_LCS_SUCC

MC923c NB_LCS_FAIL_LB

MC923d NB_LCS_ABORT

MC942 NB_LCS_RESET_TX

MC943 NB_LCS_RESET_RX

MC965 NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO

MC966 NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO


74.6.1 LMT Updates



The OMC-R was updated to display SMLC and the corresponding LBSL. Fordetails see 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.










312 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


75 MC-TRX 1800Mhz TDMNote: This feature is available in MR3Ed1.1.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 313 / 382


75.1 DescriptionThe feature is similar with MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM, only the frequency range ischanged, with only internal telecom updates.

75.2 Hardware CoverageNo impact versus MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM.

75.3 Feature ActivationNo impact versus MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM.

75.4 ParametersNo impact versus MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM.

75.5 Counters and IndicatorsNo impact versus MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM.


75.6.1 LMT Updates

No impact versus MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM.


No impact versus MC-TRX 900Mhz TDM.






BTS NEM User Guide







314 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44




3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 315 / 382


316 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

76 Customization of IconBox

76 Customization of IconBoxNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 317 / 382

76 Customization of IconBox

76.1 DescriptionThe purpose of the feature is to offer a flexible way to integrate in 9153OMC-R several applications allowing the access to specific 3PPs ncessary tothe customer.

The feature allow the 9153 OMC-R operator to customize the 9153 OMC-RIconBox in order to add icons, link icons with applications and start applicationsby clicking on user specific icons.

The user defined icons can be created, modified and removed from the 9153OMC-R IconBox.

The user defind icons appear inside a separate frame below theAlcatel-Lucent’s icons frame in the 9153 OMC-R IconBox.

76.2 Hardware CoverageNo impact.

76.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is not optional. For specific information regarding the feature usagerefer to 9153 OMC-R Getting Started document.


76.5 Counters and IndicatorsNo impact.


76.6.1 LMT Updates

No impact.


The OMC-R was updated to display the 9153 OMC-R IconBox with a separateframe for user defined icons and an additional menu in the 9153 OMC-RIconBox menu bar.




318 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

77 Best Effort Qos Handling Without PFC Negotiation

77 Best Effort Qos Handling Without PFC NegotiationNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.1Qd1.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 319 / 382


77.1 DescriptionThis feature offers the possibility of differentiated handling of particular packetapplications such as QQ, to process them with a low priority than other BestEffort PS traffic.

QQ is a popular Instant Messaging System. It was requested that the BSShandles QQ traffic with lower priority.

A new Optional Information Element in BSSGP DL UNIT DATA Header namedService Class Indicator (SCI) may be included by the SGSN. When included,the BSS will decode it to detect QQ message.

The operator has the possibility to assign a scheduling priority foreach Precedence / SCI value, the idea being that this priority for SCIis set by the operator to the lowest priority (lower than the priorityused for all other kinds of user traffic, including usual best effort trafficnot handled through PFC). This is done by introducing the followingnew parameters: ’LOW_PRECEDENCE_INSTANT_MSG_SERVICE’,’NORMAL _PRECEDENCE_INSTANT_MSG_SERVICE’ and’HIGH_PRECEDENCE_INSTANT_MSG_SERVICE’.

77.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is only for 9130 MFS Evolution.

77.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional, has one cell level activation parameter:’EN_INSTANT_MSG_SERVICE_QOS’ and is controlled per TRX quantity.

Also the ’handling of Interactive and Background Traffic Classes’ which isactivated via EN_PFC_FEATURE becomes an optional feature, controlled ona per TRX quantity basis.

For specific information about feature activation, refer to NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations, Best Effort Qos handling without PFCnegotiation section.

320 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



Name New

EN_INSTANT_MSG_SERVICE_QOS New

HIGH_PRECEDENCE_INSTANT_MSG_PRIORITY

New

NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_INSTANT_MSG_PRIORITY

New

LOW_PRECEDENCE_INSTANT_MSG_ PRIORITY New

EN_PFC_FEATURE Modified



P68 NB_DL_LLC_COUNT

P69 NB_DL_LLC_BYTES


77.6.1 LMT Updates



The OMC-R windows were updated to display the new parameters.






3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 321 / 382


322 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

78 QoS Implementation to Cope with QQ Congestion

78 QoS Implementation to Cope with QQ CongestionNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3 Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 323 / 382


78.1 DescriptionThis feature offers the possibility of reduced PDCH allocation and reduceddelayed downlink TBF release timer for PCC/QQ traffic in order to avoid radiocongestion.

QQ is a popular Instant Messaging System. It was requested that the BSShandles QQ traffic with lower priority.

PDCH number allocated for QQ service can be decreased during congestioncondition.

Delayed downlink TBF release timer can be configured according to servicetype. Radio resource is released through decreasing delayed DL TBF releasetimer for QQ service.

The operator has the possibility to set a downlink specificinstant message TBF, when the cell is PS radio congested usingGPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_CONG_IM parameter and to configure adelay before releasing a downlink specific instant message TBF using theT_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME_IM parameter.

78.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is only for 9130 MFS Evolution.

78.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional from commercial point of view and is controlled on a perTRX quantity basis. To activate this feature refer to Network ReconfigurationRecommendations.


Name New/Modified

GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_CONG_IM New

PS_RADIO_CONG_RATIO New

T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME_IM New

GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE Modified

T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME Modified


324 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



78.6.1 LMT Updates



The OMC-R windows were updated to display the new parameters.






3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 325 / 382


326 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

79 15 BSSUSM Windows per BSSUSM Controller

79 15 BSSUSM Windows per BSSUSM ControllerNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 327 / 382

79 15 BSSUSM Windows per BSSUSM Controller

79.1 DescriptionFor BSSUSM the number of main views was improved from 5 to 15 perBSSUSM controller. The main views are considered as counting units toexpress the oflcf.in limits, not controllers even though the limit per controller isset to 15.

Each time a BSSUSM main view must be opened, the BSSUSM calls a specificcounting script and depending on the script result and on the limit per controllerthe request will be accepted or denied.

BSSUSM will keep a file containing in its name, at each moment, the currentnumber of opened BSSUSM main views. The file is created when the first mainBSSUSM view is opened and deleted when the last main view is closed.



79.4 ParametersThe NUMBER_BSSUSMCTRL_VIEWS_* variable is replaced byNUMBER_BSSUSM_VIEWS_* in oflcf.in file.

Name New

NUMBER_BSSUSM_VIEWS_* New



79.6.1 LMT Updates

No impact.


No impact.

79.7 Applicable DocumentsRefer to 9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook document.

328 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

80 MC-RRH 1800 - 2G 2PA TDM

80 MC-RRH 1800 - 2G 2PA TDMNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 329 / 382


80.1 DescriptionThe feature is similar with MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM, only the frequencyrange is changed, with only internal telecom updates.

80.2 Hardware CoverageNo impact versus MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM.

80.3 Feature ActivationNo impact versus MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM.


Name New

Number of MC-RRH for which the 1PA/2G-1PA/3G configurationis activated in the sector and in the band 1800 Mhz

New

80.5 Counters and IndicatorsNo impact versus MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM.


80.6.1 LMT Updates

No impact versus MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM.




BTS NEM User Guide




BSS Overview



330 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44





Distributed BTS/9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Corrective MaintenanceHandbook


Distributed BTS Dismantling Manual


Distributed/9100 BTS Commissioning Manual

Distributed BTS Additional Tests

Distributed BTS Acceptance Manual

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 331 / 382


332 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


81 MC-RRH 900Mhz 1PA TDMNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 333 / 382


81.1 DescriptionThe feature is similar with MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM. There is only onePower Amplifier.

81.2 Hardware CoverageMC-RRH 900Mhz 1PA supports maximum 4 TRX and it can be used onlyin 2G (GSM).

81.3 Feature ActivationNo impact versus MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM.

81.4 ParametersNo impact versus MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM.

81.5 Counters and IndicatorsNo impact versus MC-RRH 900Mhz 2PA TDM.


81.6.1 LMT Updates







334 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

82 Stop Supporting Sun V880 as OMC-R Hardware in B11 MR3

82 Stop Supporting Sun V880 as OMC-R Hardware inB11 MR3

Note: SF V880 is no longer supported as OMC-R hardware starting withB11 MR3Ed1.3

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 335 / 382

82 Stop Supporting Sun V880 as OMC-R Hardware in B11 MR3

82.1 DescriptionThe SF V880 machine is no longer supported as OMC-R hardware startingwith B11 MR3Ed1.3. The impacted documents were updated accordingly.



82.4 ParametersNo impact.



82.6.1 LMT Updates

No impact.


No impact.

82.7 Applicable DocumentsThe following documents were updated:


9153 OMC-R Software Migration

9153 OMC-R Software Replacement



Legato Installation and User Guide

9153 OMC-R Reconfigure Platform



9153 OMC-R Acceptance Tests.

336 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

83 Management of BSC patches (Step 2: full)

83 Management of BSC patches (Step 2: full)Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 337 / 382


83.1 DescriptionThe aim af this feature is to help operators to patch MX BSC’s and to gatherinformation about patch status across all MX BSC supervised by an OMC.

The feature offers the following use cases:

Download patches

Install patches

Uninstall patch

Patch audit

ACIE export of BSC patch information

HTML export of the patch status information.

The patching process of BSC’s consist in:

the operator copies the patches and add-on matrix from delivered media to

OMC patch repository (/alcatel/var/share/patch/BSC)

Note: The Add On Matrix is extra information about patches that is deliveredtogether with the every patch. The Add On Matrix together with BSCpatch report helps operators in taking decisions. The Add On Matrixfile is defined per main release.An example of Add On Matrix name isBSC.PATCH_MX.11_3_02.001A.csv

where:

BSC is the type of equipment

PATCH_MX is the patch indicator

11_3_02 is B11MR3 edition 02

001A is patch ID

the operator, using OMC dedicated tools, can download a number ofpatches to a number of BSCs repository

the operator decides to install a number of patches from BSC repository,

again using OMC dedicated tools.

the operator elects to uninstall some patches from some BSCs.




338 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44




83.6.1 LMT Updates



For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-RFunctional and Graphical Evolutions, section BSSUSM: Patch ManagementWindow.





B10/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 339 / 382


340 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

84 Additional QoS basic alerters delivered by default (circuit part)

84 Additional QoS basic alerters delivered by default(circuit part)

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 341 / 382

84 Additional QoS basic alerters delivered by default (circuit part)

84.1 DescriptionBased on counters/indicators, alerters are dedicated to speed up the reactivityof the operational team to detect and to solve any Quality of Service (QoS)degradation so as to restore telecom resources as fast as possible and toimprove network availability seen by the end user.

Five additional QoS basic alerters are delivered by default.






84.6.1 LMT Updates

No impact.


No impact.

84.7 Applicable DocumentsThe document impacted by this feature is:

Quality of Service Alerters User Guide.

342 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

85 Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization

85 Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeBSynchronization

Note: This feature is available starting with B12.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 343 / 382

85 Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization

85.1 DescriptionThe NodeB does not have an accurate autonomous clock system, especially inIP mode, where the it uses PDP (Packet Data Protocol) and IEEE 1588v2 toobtain the required frequency accuracy. That is why, in the case of collocatedBTSs and IP NodeBs, the BTS will provide a G704 E1 signal synchronizedfrom the local oscillator on the secondary Abis port that will be connectedto the NodeB.

BSC BTS NodeB

Port 1 Port 2Abis HW TP

Synchro LineE1 G704

Figure 4: The NodeB synchronization principle

The NodeB will be in charge of supervising the new synchronization line.

85.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is available for all types of 9100 BTSs, both IP and TDM modes,that have the second Abis unused.





85.6.1 LMT Updates

No impact.


No impact.



IO 148 - Provide E1 Clock Out of BTS for NodeB Synchronization.

344 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

86 Reliable TRE/TRX Mapping in ACIE Export

86 Reliable TRE/TRX Mapping in ACIE ExportNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 345 / 382

86 Reliable TRE/TRX Mapping in ACIE Export

86.1 DescriptionThe BSC must inform the OMC whenever there is a TRE/TRX mapping change.

In the following circumstances the OMC must also be notified:

After TRE failure with recovery on a spare TRE

After replacement of a spare TRE

After unlock of a spare TRE

The retrieval mechanisms are:

Extraction of TRX/RSL mapping from cells’ alarms

Explicit retrieval through audits.

86.2 Hardware CoverageThere is no HW dependencie.

86.3 Feature ActivationThere is no specific activation scenario.




86.6.1 LMT Updates







346 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

87 Alternative energy optimization

87 Alternative energy optimizationNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 347 / 382


87.1 DescriptionIn isolated area the GSM services are provided through a Third Part Partner.A green power controller adapt the green energy to -48V according to theenergy battery.

The cycle of the expected behaviour of the BTS according to the energyresources is:

Full power where the BTS run its full configuration

Power restriction where the BTS is required to run a minimal configuration

BTS switched OFF

BTS switched ON, still in power restriction, a toggling phase where the

energy is at the limit of power restriction low level

Full power retrieved.

87.2 Hardware CoverageThe green BTS feature is not available for M4M and M5M BTS.





87.6.1 LMT Updates

There are LMT modifications in BTS NEM User Guide.


There are no HMI modifications.

348 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44




BTS NEM User Guide


Distributed BTS Commissioning Manual.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 349 / 382


350 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

88 Change from FTP to SFTP (TDM - BSC/TC)

88 Change from FTP to SFTP (TDM - BSC/TC)Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1ED2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 351 / 382


88.1 DescriptionSFTP, or the SSH File Transfer Protocol is a network protocol that providessecure file access, secure file transfer, and secure file management functionalityover any reliable data stream. The FTP protocol used betweenBSC/BSCTerminal and TC/TC NEM is replaced with SFTP protocol.

As a result of introducing SFTP, the BSC is the server, reconfigured with severaluser accounts, whose passwords cannot be changed, being network-levelconstants, identical for all Alcatel-Lucent customers. Each one these accountsoffers access to all BSC stored data.

Unlike BSC, the TC NEM software includes an SFTP server. The server isconfigured with one user account, whose password cannot be changed, beinga network-level constant, identical for all Alcatel-Lucent customers. Thisaccount offers access to all data accessible for the current user on the hostrunning the TC.

Two new SFTP accounts are defined:

’bsctesftp’ account for BSC Terminal / BSC

’tcsftp’ account for TC / TC NEM.

Standard port 22 is used for SFTP.






88.6.1 LMT Updates




352 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44




9125 Transcoder NEM User Guid

Using BSS IP Ports.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 353 / 382


354 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

89 Change from FTP to SFTP (IP - BSC/TC/BTS)


Change from FTP to SFTP (IP - BSC/TC/BTS) is available from Release B12.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 355 / 382


89.1 DescriptionSFTP, or the SSH File Transfer Protocol is a network protocol that providessecure file access, secure file transfer, and secure file management functionalityover any reliable data stream. The FTP used between BSC/TC/BTS(SUM-X)is replaced with SFTP, and the BSC is the server.

With this feature implemented, the BTS SW download and the MT120 SWdownload trigger by BSC use the SFTP protocol.

Standard port 22 is used for SFTP.






89.6.1 LMT Updates




89.7 Applicable DocumentsThe document Using BSS IP Ports is impacted by this feature.

356 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

90 Support of Windows 7 for PC LMT

90 Support of Windows 7 for PC LMTNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 357 / 382


90.1 DescriptionWindows 7 can be used as the Operating System for the PC LMT.

90.2 Hardware CoverageThe minimum resource requirements by Windows 7 are:

1 gigahertz (GHz) or faster 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor

1 GB RAM (32-bit) or 2 GB RAM (64-bit)

128 MB of graphics memory (minimum)

16 GB available hard disk space (32-bit) or 20 GB (64-bit) .





90.6.1 LMT Updates

Some components of the PC LMT must be updated to support and to workproperly with Windows 7.



358 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



9125 TC Commissioning Manual

9125 TC Acceptance Manual

9130 BSC Evolution Software Installation

9110-E Micro BTS Commissioning Manual


9130 MFS Evolution Commissioning Manual



BTS NEM User Guide


9135 MFS IMT User Guide


TC Corrective Maintenance Handbook








3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 359 / 382


360 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

91 Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis

91 Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission onAbis

Note: This feature is available starting with B12.1.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 361 / 382


91.1 DescriptionThie feature enables the optical Abis connectivity for IPoEth BTS on both macro(SUMX) and distributed configurations (SUMX 19"). This is done through theGSM New Class (GNC) daughter board, on the SUMX. The GNC daughterboard is already available on SUMX 19" for MC-RRH configurations, where itprovides optical links between the PSU and the RRHs. In macro configuration,the GNC will be installed onsite.

The electrical/optical conversion is performed by a device called SFP (“SmallForm-factor Pluggable transceiver”). This device can be hot plugged in theGNC daughter board and the BTS NEM allows the operator to select the Abisinterface type: Ethernet electrical or Ethernet optical .

Figure 5: SFP hot-plugging procedure

362 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


91.2 Hardware CoverageThis feature is available for all types of 9100 BTSs and Distributed BTSs, in IPmode, equipped with a SUMX board.





91.6.1 LMT Updates

The modified window is the "IP/ABIS Parameter", presented in detail in thedocument BTS NEM User Guide, section IP/ABIS Parameter.


No impact.



Distributed BTS/9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Corrective Maintenance

Handbook

BTS NEM User Guide


Distributed BTS Commissioning Manual



9100 MBS Evolution Outdoor Installation Manual

9100 Compact BTS Indoor/Outdoor Evolution Installation Manual

9100 Compact BTS Outdoor (CBO) Installation Manual

Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 363 / 382


364 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

92 Replacement of U27 Workstation


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 365 / 382


92.1 DescriptionThe Ultra 24/Ultra 27 Sun workstations used to connect to M4000/M3000servers are no longer orderable.

In order to perform M4000/M3000 initial configuration, it is mandatory to have aWindows PC connected to the M4000/M3000 XSCF serial port.

Previous Sun workstations (U27, U24, U25, SB150) are also suitable. The Sunworkstation has to be installed with Solaris 10 U5 at least.

92.2 Hardware CoverageThe Windows PC is used for M4000/M3000 configuration and connection.

The Windows PC must have Citrix client and Putty (at least 0.60) installed.

92.3 Feature ActivationFor M4000/M3000 configuration and OMC-R installation on the M4000/M3000using a Windows PC, refer to 9153 OMC-R Installation document.




92.6.1 LMT Updates

Windows PC is used to connect to M4000/M3000, available Sun workstationsat least with Solaris 10 U5 are suitable.


Windows PC is used to connect to M3000 HMI, available Sun workstations atleast with Solaris 10 U5 are suitable.




LEGATO Installation and User Guide




366 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

93 4 CCCH Time Slots in a Cell

93 4 CCCH Time Slots in a CellNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3 Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 367 / 382


93.1 DescriptionMultiple CCCH feature increases the number of CCCH slots per cell from 2 to4, using TS0, TS2, TS4 and TS6.

93.2 Hardware CoverageThe following BTS types support this feature:

9100 BTS

TRE G4

TRE G5

MC-TRE

9110-E BTS.

The feature is supported on BSC Evolution.

93.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional from commercial point of view, but it is not requested tolock it at the OMC-R. There is no specific activation flag requested. The featureis activated using Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.


Name New

Multi-CCCH-Sector-Capability New



93.6.1 LMT Updates




368 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44



BSS Overview





3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 369 / 382


370 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

94 RMS Improvements

94 RMS ImprovementsNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3 Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 371 / 382

94 RMS Improvements

94.1 DescriptionThe following RMS Improvements are performed:

The addition of a new set of ’type A’ counters, related to neighbour cells

statistics

The addition of a new set of ’type B’ counters, related to power management

at TRX level

The extension of the RMS report level from 10 to 64 or 51 respectively, forcertain vector/matrix RMS counters

The period of the RMS reporting is 1 hour

Providing an ASCII interface for the RMS counters.

A new PM type was defined, RMSI = PM20, to include all the above mentionedrequirements. A characteristic of the new PM type compared to the existingRMS type is that the RMSI counters are built by the BSC, instead of collectingthem from the BTS.

Obsal manages the new PM type 20 and the new ASCII PM interface. For this,a new functionality ’CSV’activable/deactivable from Obsal GUI is implemented,similarly to the Parser and Obsynt. For the moment only the type 20 can beselected for the CSV function. No PMTAR and no Obsynt files are createdfor the type 20.

94.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported on 9130 BSC Evolution only.

94.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional from commercial point of view and controlledon a per TRX quantity basis. The feature is activated by setting the’EN_RMS_IMPROVED’ parameter. For details about the feature activationscenario, see Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.


Name New

EN_RMS_IMPROVED New

372 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

94 RMS Improvements



RMSI61a TIMES1

RMSI61b TIMES2

RMSI61c TIMES3

RMSI62a NAVSS

RMSI62b MR_NAVSS

RMSI63a MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS

RMSI63b MR_ MAT_AVSS_VS_NAVSS

RMSI3a TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL_I

RMSI3b TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL_I

RMSI4a TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL_I

RMSI4b TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL_I

RMSI7a TPR_PATH_BALANCE_I

RMSI7b MAX_PATH_BALANCE_I

RMSI50a TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE_I

RMSI50b MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE_I

RMSI64a PATH_LOSS_UL

RMSI64b MR_ PATH_LOSS_UL

RMSI65a PATH_LOSS_DL

RMSI65b MR_ PATH_LOSS_DL

RMSI66a MS_POWER

RMSI66b MR_MS_POWER

RMSI67a BS_POWER

RMSI67b MR_BS_POWER

RMSI8a TPR_CIN_I

RMSI8b MR_CIN_I

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 373 / 382

94 RMS Improvements


94.6.1 LMT Updates





BSS Overview




374 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

95 User Prioritized Action Based on SIM (SIM Card Access Control)

95 User Prioritized Action Based on SIM (SIM CardAccess Control)

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3 Ed1.3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 375 / 382


95.1 DescriptionThis feature provides a fast mechanism to bar/unbar the access classes for a setof cells (possibly all the cells of a BSC) according to the following requirements:

The mechanism is triggered within up to 10 seconds

Guaranteed access to VIP (Access Classes 11-15) and emergency calls

(Access Class 10)

Fair access to low priority user (Access Classes 0-9)

Possibility to react to special events situations like overload.

This feature controls the traffic through partial access class 0-9 barring,managed by a round robin algorithm according to the start position, the slidingwindows (corresponding to the number of Access Classes to bar) and thesliding speed parameters.

95.2 Hardware CoverageThe feature is supported on 9130 BSC Evolution only.

95.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional from commercial point of view and controlled on aper TRX quantity basis. The feature is activated by setting the ’EN_ACC’parameter. For details about the feature activation scenario, see NetworkReconfiguration Recommendations.


Name New

EN_ACC New

ACC_Configuration_Name New

ACC_Application_Scope New

ACC_Sliding_Rate New

ACC_Windows_Size New

ACC_Start_Position New

ACC_Conf_Status New

ACC_Default_Conf New

ACC_Predefined_1 New

376 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

.. 1..15

ACC_Predefined_15 New



95.6.1 LMT Updates





BSS Overview






3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 377 / 382


378 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

96 MC-RRH Repeater Mode / 1 Logical Cell for 3 MC-RRH

96 MC-RRH Repeater Mode / 1 Logical Cell for 3 MC-RRHNote: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3 Ed1.5.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 379 / 382


96.1 DescriptionThe One Logical Cell feature is used for coverage of train tracks or othersituations where concentrated traffic moves between sites.

A logical cell is supported by a SUM and a set of MC-RRHs. Each RRH actuallysupports the same logical TRXs of the cell. Consequently this is possible forcells having as many TRXs as an RRH is able to support (up to 6 so far).

A practical application of this feature is the support of mobile communicationwhen the mobile is in a high speed train. The RRHs are placed at a certaindistance one from each other (for instance, one RRH at each 2km along therailway) and as the train moves, the carrier support is sequentially offered byone RRH at a time.

Assume for example a cell with only one TRX and behind the cell a set of4 RRHs, each one configured by one TRE, then, at different moments oftime, the TRX of the cell will be mapped on a different RRH. The selectionof the supporting RRH at a given moment will be done by the BTS. In thisconfiguration, the TRE from one RRH will be considered as "primary" and theother TREs will be "slave". The primary/slave roles are assigned by the BTS.

The basic mean to configure the support for a logical cell is a new sectorparameter indicating whether the sector works in “coverage” mode (i.e.supporting a logical cell) or in “capacity” mode (i.e. the classical one).

The coverage is enlarged without creating several cells.

Each cell can be a conventional one or a ‘logical cell’.

The feature provides a larger coverage than a cell on a single MC-RRH, butwithout increasing capacity.

The handover rate can be decreased.

The accumulated outage time is reduced.

96.2 Hardware CoverageThe hardware characteristics:

The RRHs must be configured with the same number of TREs

The RRHs must be connected in ring

96.3 Feature ActivationThe feature is optional from commercial point of view and controlled on aper TRE quantity basis. Only the TREs of the slave MC RRHs used bythe logical cell are taken into consideration. The feature is activated viaCOVERAGE_MODE parameter. For details about the feature activationscenario, see Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.


380 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44


Name New

COVERAGE_MODE New

Nb-Of-Slave-TRE New

MC_MODULE_NB_TRE Modified

FREQUENCY_RANGE Modified



96.6.1 LMT Updates

For specific information about the BTS LMT updates, refer to BTS NEM UserGuide .




BSS Overview






BTS NEM User Guide


3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44 381 / 382


BLANK PAGE BREAK

382 / 382 3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.44

Date post:	12-Apr-2015
Category:	Documents
Upload:	wale-ogunniran
View:	83 times
Download:	5 times